# Project settings

Apptimized projects can be configured to meet specific needs, for instance, to deliver output meeting the user's packaging standards.

Project settings are available under the **Project** menu &gt; **Administration** &gt; **Settings**.

[![project_settings_01_new-1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/d4eF8YwXEq1Qy0et-project_settings_01_new-1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/d4eF8YwXEq1Qy0et-project_settings_01_new-1.png)

The project settings menu contains the following categories:

<table id="bkmrk-1.-general-settings%3A" style="width: 800px; border-collapse: collapse;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 228px;"><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">1. General settings: </span>

- Project settings;
- Characters substitutions.

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">2. Workflow:</span>

- Import;
- Step settings.

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">3. Echo;</span>

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">4. Integration: </span>

- Intune;
- ServiceNow;
- SCCM.

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">5. Update Monitoring;</span>

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">6. Storage</span>

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">6. Virtualization </span>

- <span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">General;</span>
- <span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">Providers.</span>

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">7. Apptimized TO GO.</span>

</td><td style="width: 572px; vertical-align: top;">[![project_settings_02_new-1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/6Hzg9Sr7mVxgmA03-project_settings_02_new-1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/6Hzg9Sr7mVxgmA03-project_settings_02_new-1.png)

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Next, each setting block is shown in more detail.

### **General settings**

#### **Project settings**

The “**Project settings**” block sets the primary information for the project. All required fields are marked with an asterisk \*. This block corresponds to the settings of the **Project information** block in the **Create project** step.

The screenshot below shows the default values of **General project settings**:

[![project_settings_03_new-1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/clZixFJCiiAPVtUP-project_settings_03_new-1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/clZixFJCiiAPVtUP-project_settings_03_new-1.png)

The following additional options can be enabled:

- Share Portfolio with other projects within organization;
- Show Portfolios of other projects within organization;
- Enable Catalogue.

To enable the option required in the project, check the box in front of the option name.

The project logo is set by clicking on the **Project logo** field. The project logo is user preference. The project logo is used to identify projects on the dashboard quickly. The logo must be downloaded as a PNG file only.

[![project_settings_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ResePzAbevdHIHwK-project_settings_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ResePzAbevdHIHwK-project_settings_03.png)

An option to provide changes to the project workflow is available under the **Edit workflow** button.

[![project_settings_04_new.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-08/scaled-1680-/AL7pFF0emCm0Nzq4-project_settings_04_new.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-08/AL7pFF0emCm0Nzq4-project_settings_04_new.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![project_settings_05.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ItaImx5RJMCQPq9X-project_settings_05.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ItaImx5RJMCQPq9X-project_settings_05.png)

The changes in the project workflow are applied when clicking the **Edit workflow** button.

The changes into the Project settings are applied when clicking the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![project_settings_06.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/AZ7k3hdMxqecBVBV-project_settings_06.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/AZ7k3hdMxqecBVBV-project_settings_06.png)

#### **Character substitutions**

The option to specify characters and ways to substitute them is available under the “**Characters substitutions**” block. To exclude characters, uncheck the box in front of the characters not required in the project (available in the **Remove** column).

[![project_settings_07.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/51GRzj1u835ImtDX-project_settings_07.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/51GRzj1u835ImtDX-project_settings_07.png)

The option to create the character substitutions is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Add the character in the **Original character** field &gt; Add the character in the **Substituted character** field &gt; **Save** symbol.

[![project_settings_08.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/Bq1dA4dt7ughrCZx-project_settings_08.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/Bq1dA4dt7ughrCZx-project_settings_08.png)

The option to delete the character substitutions is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

### **Workflow settings**

#### **General**

The screenshot below shows the project settings for the General workflow configuration (**Workflow** &gt; **General**).

[![Workflow General.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-12/scaled-1680-/workflow-general.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-12/workflow-general.png)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-language-code-descri" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 97.5%; height: 194.4px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 29.6px;"><td style="width: 34.8225%; height: 29.6px;">**Setting**</td><td style="width: 65.1241%; height: 29.6px;">**Description**</td></tr><tr style="height: 46.4px;"><td style="width: 34.8225%; height: 46.4px;">Follow workflow rules</td><td style="width: 65.1241%; height: 46.4px;">Enforces the provision of a source and documentation.</td></tr><tr style="height: 29.6px;"><td style="width: 34.8225%; height: 29.6px;">Can skip steps</td><td style="width: 65.1241%; height: 29.6px;"><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">Allows moving forward in the workflow without satisfying process requirements such as providing a source, documentation, or completing the current step.</span></td></tr><tr style="height: 29.6px;"><td style="width: 34.8225%; height: 29.6px;">Revert to Import step</td><td style="width: 65.1241%; height: 29.6px;">Allows moving backward to the start of workflow in order to replace the application source.</td></tr><tr style="height: 29.6px;"><td style="width: 34.8225%; height: 29.6px;">Revert back completed apps</td><td style="width: 65.1241%; height: 29.6px;">Allows moving backward from the final workflow step to change applications that are already marked as completed.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### **Import**

The screenshot below shows the default values of the project settings (**Workflow** &gt; **Import**).

[![Import.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/scaled-1680-/import.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/import.png)

<span data-contrast="auto">The following settings are available under the Import settings block:  
</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">**Allow source change by other modules**  
This setting enables or restricts synchronization of source files from the VM to the portal. If enabled, files placed in the Source or SourceImport drive are uploaded to the portal after VM termination and overwrite existing sources with the same name. If disabled, files placed in the drive are not uploaded and are discarded.</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following settings available under **File Upload fields** &amp; </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Metadata</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> blocks. </span><span data-contrast="none">All required fields are marked with an asterisk \*:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<table aria-rowcount="6" data-tablelook="1696" data-tablestyle="MsoTableGrid" id="bkmrk-setting%C2%A0-description"><tbody><tr aria-rowindex="1"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;">**Setting**

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;">**Description**

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="2"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Installation source</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a field for source file uploading if switched on.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="3"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Documentations/Instructions</span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto">This settings enables a user to add the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Discovery document</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> field to upload the discovery document under it.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="4"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Mandatory</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to make the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Discovery document</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> setting as mandatory. This setting displays only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Discovery document</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> setting switched on.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="5"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Application icon for Intune</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to add the Application icon for Intune field to upload the Icon for the application and made it available during the Intune push (see https://docs.apptimized.com/books/apptimized-platform-admin-manual/page/upload-package-to-the-microsoft-intune-from-the-apptimized-portal)</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="6"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Mandatory</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to make the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Application icon for Intune</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> setting as mandatory. This setting displays only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Application icon for Intune</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> setting switched on.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Application owner</span>

</td><td style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto"><span class="TextRun SCXW191162806 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">This</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">setting</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">enables</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW191162806 BCX8"> Application </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">owner</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">field</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">under</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">application</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">metadata</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW191162806 BCX8">, </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">and</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">enables</span> [<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">additional</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">project</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW191162806 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">permissions</span>](https://docs.apptimized.com/link/243#bkmrk-attribute-descriptio) <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">under</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">role</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">permissions</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW191162806 BCX8">list</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW191162806 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Mandatory</span>

</td><td style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto"><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2  SCXW19517513 BCX8 DefaultHighlightTransition">This</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">setting</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">enables</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8"> a </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">user</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">to</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">make</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">the</span> </span><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8">Application </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">owner</span> </span><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">as</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">mandatory</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8">. </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">This</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">setting</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">displays</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">only</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">if</span> </span><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8">Application </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">owner</span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">setting</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">switched</span> <span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW19517513 BCX8">on</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8">.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 216px;"><span data-contrast="auto">Architecture</span>

</td><td style="width: 593px;"><span data-contrast="auto"><span class="TextRun SCXW19517513 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2  SCXW19517513 BCX8 DefaultHighlightTransition">This setting enables the **Architecture** field under application metadata and allows defining the application architecture.</span></span></span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

A user can set the language codes in the **Metadata** block. The following language codes available:

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-language-code-descri-1" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 97.5289%; height: 168px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">**Language code**</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;">**Description**</td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">**Example**</td></tr><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">Keep original</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;">Apptimized saves the language code value a user indicated on the Import step</td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">English (US)</td></tr><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">ISO 639-1 (Uppercase)</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;"><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">A two-character code set entered with uppercase letters</span></td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">EN</td></tr><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">ISO 639-1 (Capitalize case)</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;">A two-character code set entered with the capitalized letter</td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">En</td></tr><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">ISO 639-2 (Uppercase)</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;">A three-character code set. Begins with a capital letter</td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">ENG</td></tr><tr style="height: 28px;"><td style="width: 30.2225%; height: 28px;">ISO 639-2 (Capitalize case)</td><td style="width: 56.5271%; height: 28px;">A three-character code set. Begins with a capital letter</td><td style="width: 19.1654%; height: 28px;">Eng</td></tr></tbody></table>

The default value is **Keep original**.

A user can set the custom fields that required at **Import** step. These settings are available under “**Custom fields**” block.

Additional fields are used for:

- providing additional information on each application to empower management within the project;
- <span class="TextRun SCXW254899371 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW254899371 BCX8">expanding application management </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW254899371 BCX8">functionality;</span></span>
- creating custom dashboards;
- sorting / grouping / filtering data.

[![Group 28.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/scaled-1680-/group-28.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/group-28.png)

<span data-contrast="none">The Custom fields section is displayed in 2 blocks: </span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">Information block – this block contains detailed information about Custom fields entries;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Action block – this block provides options to interact with the Custom fields.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![Cfields.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/scaled-1680-/cfields.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-04/cfields.png)

<span data-contrast="auto">Custom fields data is grouped into the following categories:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<table aria-rowcount="6" data-tablelook="1696" data-tablestyle="MsoTableGrid" id="bkmrk-category%C2%A0-descriptio"><tbody><tr aria-rowindex="1"><td data-celllook="0">**Category**

</td><td data-celllook="0">**Description**

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="2"><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Name</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Indicates the name of the Custom field</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="3"><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Type</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Indicates the type of Custom field. The following types are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Input</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Select</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Multiple select</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="4"><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Data type</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Indicates the data type of Custom field. The following types are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Integer</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Text</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">DateTime</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Boolean</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Html</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="auto">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Data type </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">is available only if the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Input </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">type was selected.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="5"><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Source type</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Indicates the source type of Custom field. The following types are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Custom</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Applications</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Users</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="auto">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Source type </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">is available only if the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Select</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> &amp; </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Multiple select </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">types were selected.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="6"><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Required</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0"><span data-contrast="auto">Indicates the status of the custom field. The following statuses are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Yes</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">No</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559685":720,"335559737":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259,"335559991":360}"> </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

<span data-contrast="none">The number of items per page can be changed to 10, 50, 100, or all items.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![settings_custmfield_04.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/lztJGSc0VEj7N8b6-settings_custmfield_04-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/lztJGSc0VEj7N8b6-settings_custmfield_04-(1).png)

<span data-contrast="none">The option to move on a next/previous page is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Next / Prev </span>**<span data-contrast="none">buttons</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![settings_custmfield_05.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/OwEh3S5xLzhySkB8-settings_custmfield_05-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/OwEh3S5xLzhySkB8-settings_custmfield_05-(2).png)</span>

<span data-contrast="none">The option to add a Custom field is available under the </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Add </span>**<span data-contrast="none">button.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![settings_custmfield_06.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/dVrRrNAwPk1BPonn-settings_custmfield_06-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/dVrRrNAwPk1BPonn-settings_custmfield_06-(1).png)</span>

<span data-contrast="none">Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![settings_custmfield_07.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/OrbpvVa2gpxLfrcw-settings_custmfield_07-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/OrbpvVa2gpxLfrcw-settings_custmfield_07-(2).png)

<span data-contrast="none">The option to add custom field is available after setting </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Name, Field Type &amp; Data type</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> fields and selecting </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="none">selector.</span>

<span data-contrast="none">[![settings_custmfield_08.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/jz243RNTI9Teq6v7-settings_custmfield_08-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/jz243RNTI9Teq6v7-settings_custmfield_08-(1).png)</span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Custom field options </span>**<span data-contrast="none">section becomes available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Select </span>**<span data-contrast="none">option was selected under the </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Field type </span>**<span data-contrast="none">dropdown list &amp; </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Custom </span>**<span data-contrast="none">option was selected under the </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Source type </span>**<span data-contrast="none">dropdown list.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">   
  
[![settings_custmfield_17_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/ptfyMMU5S2VIPirZ-settings_custmfield_17_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/ptfyMMU5S2VIPirZ-settings_custmfield_17_2.png)  
  
The option to add **Customfieldoptions** parameter is available after setting **Display &amp; Value** fields. The custom field can be designated as required under the **Default** checkbox.  
  
The option to add a new entry is available under **plus** button.  
[![settings_custmfield_18.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/yc9FXcieOv2MWG0q-settings_custmfield_18.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/yc9FXcieOv2MWG0q-settings_custmfield_18.png)  
  
The option to delete entry is available under **bin** symbol.  
[![settings_custmfield_20.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/3qxpbkMAU87qDFZk-settings_custmfield_20.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/3qxpbkMAU87qDFZk-settings_custmfield_20.png)  
</span></p>

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![settings_custmfield_09-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-02/scaled-1680-/U408cg8B9mMTEx09-settings_custmfield_09-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-02/U408cg8B9mMTEx09-settings_custmfield_09-(2).png)

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to edit </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Custom field </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">name &amp; </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">block &gt; </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Edit</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![settings_custmfield_10-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/SLHLyIxNjoYD4ea8-settings_custmfield_10-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/SLHLyIxNjoYD4ea8-settings_custmfield_10-(1).png)

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![settings_custmfield_12-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/oY8wpx6MAskL1hAt-settings_custmfield_12-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/oY8wpx6MAskL1hAt-settings_custmfield_12-(1).png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to remove Custom field is available under the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">block &gt; </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Remove</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![settings_custmfield_11-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/gGrUAPs9fukAaK2w-settings_custmfield_11-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/gGrUAPs9fukAaK2w-settings_custmfield_11-(2).png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following modal window when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![settings_custmfield_13-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/X5gHU9vZnBeDQ1eG-settings_custmfield_13-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/X5gHU9vZnBeDQ1eG-settings_custmfield_13-(1).png)</span>

<span data-contrast="none">To apply the settings, click the </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Save </span>**<span data-contrast="none">button. To revert the settings, click on the </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Reset</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> button.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![image-32.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/KlE2PVQaDNJOgceA-image-32.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/KlE2PVQaDNJOgceA-image-32.png)</span>

<p class="callout info">**Note.** When the additional field settings are applied they appear in the application metadata block (i.e., at the Import step, at the application settings screen).   
[![settings_custmfield_15-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/K9Yx39s0ZGcEnfi2-settings_custmfield_15-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/K9Yx39s0ZGcEnfi2-settings_custmfield_15-(1).png)  
[![settings_custmfield_16-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/vwVxauGtQaBvinaq-settings_custmfield_16-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/vwVxauGtQaBvinaq-settings_custmfield_16-(1).png)</p>

#### **Steps settings**

The set of workflow settings depends on workflow structure (i.e., the number of steps, the set of module types) that was configured during project creation.

The screenshot below shows the examples of possible workflow settings configurations.

[![steps_settings_01_new.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-08/scaled-1680-/7lVUj5VgohEdbcHm-steps_settings_01_new.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-08/7lVUj5VgohEdbcHm-steps_settings_01_new.png)

#### **Discovery – Self Service**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Discovery – Self Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![discovery_selfservice_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/pjZ5gbA3z4GEwJYz-discovery_selfservice_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/pjZ5gbA3z4GEwJYz-discovery_selfservice_1.png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Discovery – Self Service.**

The option to change a file name pattern is available under the **Document file name pattern** field. The default file name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].html.**

To insert the variable tag into the field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![discovery_selfservice_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/YHDcNfqcjYWyqgs1-discovery_selfservice_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/YHDcNfqcjYWyqgs1-discovery_selfservice_2.png)

The option to edit a discovery case template is available under the **Edit installation document template** button.

[![steps_settings_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/D98wJDlaN78sB0sL-steps_settings_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/D98wJDlaN78sB0sL-steps_settings_03.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen:

[![steps_settings_04.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/A1zLkT22t1Vh3bpe-steps_settings_04.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/A1zLkT22t1Vh3bpe-steps_settings_04.png)

<div id="bkmrk-for-more-information">*For more information on how to use the template editor please refer to this [user manual](https://www.tiny.cloud/docs/tinymce/).*</div><div id="bkmrk--28"></div>To return the document to the default state, click the **Restore installation document template** button.

To apply edits in a discovery case template, click the **Save** button.

[![image-1608279762613.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/KAYX8Rrnma70ida5-image-1608279762613.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/KAYX8Rrnma70ida5-image-1608279762613.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button. To revert the settings, click on the **Reset** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

 **[![steps_settings_11.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/xWcv3yoyjLCJKFsL-steps_settings_11.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/xWcv3yoyjLCJKFsL-steps_settings_11.png)**

#### **Discovery – Factory Service**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Discovery – Factory Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![steps_settings_12.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/OoVylb0J2w8tGMlt-steps_settings_12.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/OoVylb0J2w8tGMlt-steps_settings_12.png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Discovery – Factory Service.**

The option to set the person’s data who will receive notifications on factory requests in the project is available under “**Escalation contact's email address”** and **“Escalation contact's name”** fields.

[![steps_settings_12_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/xomiTfweDZ9UxuiG-steps_settings_12_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/xomiTfweDZ9UxuiG-steps_settings_12_1.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![steps_settings_13.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/zgSSlyXPp6vzPeOH-steps_settings_13.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/zgSSlyXPp6vzPeOH-steps_settings_13.png)

#### **Packaging – Self Service**

##### **General**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Packaging – Self Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![SelfService_General_settings.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/KqdKs8VOnto8G18t-SelfService_General_settings.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/KqdKs8VOnto8G18t-SelfService_General_settings.png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Packaging – Self Service.**

The option to change a results archive name pattern is available under the **Name of results archive** field. The default archive name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\]\_\[PackageType\].package.zip.**

The option to change a package folder name pattern is available under the **Name of package folder** field. The default package folder name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].**

To insert the variable tag into the field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_27.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/TVO4fBrC0ncmCH4p-steps_settings_27.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/TVO4fBrC0ncmCH4p-steps_settings_27.png)

The following additional options can be enabled:

Table 2. Packaging – Self Service additional options

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-option-details-defau" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="208">**Option**

</td><td width="302">**Details**

</td><td width="112">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Filter system noise during recording

</td><td width="302">This option allows for applying a filter (exclusion list) to automatically remove the captured system and user activity (noise).

**Yes** and **No** options available.

**Yes** – the value of this option removes redundant files and registry keys that were created by the system while recording sessions and did not relate to installing software (i.e., telemetry or diagnostics data).

**No** – the system noise which is captured by the application packaging tool will not be removed.

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Remove Desktop shortcuts

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to remove all desktop shortcuts (**Yes**) from the package or to leave desktop shortcuts in the package (**No**).

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce AppV

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to generate a file in App-V format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce VSL

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to generate a file in VSL format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce MSIX

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to repackage software to MSIX format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce MSI

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to repackage software to MSI format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

When **No** option is chosen, a legacy setup for software will be implemented if possible.

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr></tbody></table>

To turn on the option required in the project, enable the relevant switch in front of the option name.

The option to exclude shortcuts from the packaging results archive is available under the **Remove shortcuts containing text** field. The following options available:

- Readme (removing shortcuts on **txt** file);
- Release notes (removing shortcuts on the page with **Release notes**);
- Uninstall (removing shortcuts on **exe** file).

To exclude shortcuts from the packaging results archive, click the relevant option.

[![steps_settings_28.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/kEDlsa2PU4FX0lfM-steps_settings_28.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/kEDlsa2PU4FX0lfM-steps_settings_28.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

[![packaging_selfservice_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/4cet475IPicnRuZj-packaging_selfservice_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/4cet475IPicnRuZj-packaging_selfservice_2.png)

To download the Packaging Self-Service settings in JSON format, click on the **Download JSON** button. To revert the settings, click on the **Reset** button.

##### **APPV**

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_41.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/snUaGUP5TkI7M3jJ-steps_settings_41.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/snUaGUP5TkI7M3jJ-steps_settings_41.png)

APPV option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

[![steps_settings_42.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ShiukSkc2i4cxYZn-steps_settings_42.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ShiukSkc2i4cxYZn-steps_settings_42.png)

The option to specify which version of App-V sequencer will be used is available under the **Target App-V versions** field. Every version of App-V sequencer has its own workflow and applies for different operating systems.

The following **Target App-V versions** available:

- 5.1;
- 5.0 SP3;
- 5.0 SP2 Hotfix 4+;
- 5.0 SP1/RTM;
- 5.0 SP2.

The default value is **5.1**.

To start an application from App-V, a full load mode must be enabled. The option to enable a full load mode is available under the **Require full load** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

The option to enable interaction with ActiveX is available under the **Allow named objects interaction** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

The option to enable interaction with COM objects is available under the **Allow COM interaction** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

The option to write inside App-V is available under the **Allow write to virtual FS** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

##### **VSL**

VSL (Virtual Software Layer) is a combination of software components that implement the concept of FS layering.

Every software exists in its own container and can access ﬁles for write access only within this container unless the opposite is deﬁned in a manifest ﬁle.

Real applications could have access to this container for reading and write access to the container content if the opposite is not prohibited in manifest and virtual ﬁles can be visible in Windows Explorer like ordinary ﬁles.

VSL consists of diﬀerent layers applied on top of another in order to form the package based on the containment of the container.

By default, all VSL ﬁles are stored under the root directory C:\\Program Files\\VSL. This can be changed on a machine level, but the directory should be the same for all packages.

VSL format key features:

1\. ZIP archive with extensions .VSL or .VSLX;

2\. Every VSL file contains layers:

- OS layer;
- Service layer;
- Files layer;
- Registry layer;
- Manifest layer, etc.

3\. Can be contained inside MSI files for compatibility with deployment systems;

4\. Is self-contained. No additional software installation is required;

5\. Back compatible and non-breaking updates.

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_43.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/WHj2w3GnSovRuhOj-steps_settings_43.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/WHj2w3GnSovRuhOj-steps_settings_43.png)

VSL option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

[![steps_settings_44.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/x5l1tifkkOMh8CTY-steps_settings_44.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/x5l1tifkkOMh8CTY-steps_settings_44.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **Description** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_45.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/FF4JJnHlX7wOi29r-steps_settings_45.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/FF4JJnHlX7wOi29r-steps_settings_45.png)

To upload a certificate in .**PFX.,** the **Upload certificate (.pfx)** field can be used. Click the **Open** button when the relevant file is chosen.

[![steps_settings_46.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ZAtsL7PkFENpqOxg-steps_settings_46.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ZAtsL7PkFENpqOxg-steps_settings_46.png)

The option to enable an embedded VSL is available under the **Embedded VSL in self-contained MSI** switch. **On** and **Off** options available. The default value is **On**.

##### **MSIX**

MSIX is the Windows app package format that provides a packaging experience to all Windows apps. The MSIX package format preserves the functionality of existing app packages and/or install files in addition to enabling new packaging and deployment features to Win32, WPF, and WinForm apps.

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_47.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ANP71JDaJ2vKtFVf-steps_settings_47.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ANP71JDaJ2vKtFVf-steps_settings_47.png)

MSIX option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![image-38.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/lL0MTdThPXNdfvFG-image-38.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/lL0MTdThPXNdfvFG-image-38.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **MSIX identity name** and **MSIX package display name** fields, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

The default **MSIX identity name** pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]-\[ProductName\]-\[ProductVersion\]**.

The default **MSIX package display name** pattern is **\[ProductName\]-\[ProductVersion\]**.

[![step_settings_49_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)

The option to set the certificate publisher's name is available under the **Certificate publisher** field. The certificate publisher's name should match the certificate subject name (If no, the package will not be signed).

[![step_settings_50_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/4P5aec9nKMvIcuW5-step_settings_50_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/4P5aec9nKMvIcuW5-step_settings_50_2.png)

The certificate is used to sign the application and is uploaded for a user by default. An option to upload a .**PFX** certificate is available. To upload a certificate in .**PFX** the **Upload certificate (.pfx)** field can be used. Click the **Open** button when the relevant file is chosen.

[![image-41.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/hZDkxHp8oaYE3zC8-image-41.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/hZDkxHp8oaYE3zC8-image-41.png)

A self-signed certificate is useful for testing the application before a user is ready to publish it to the store.

A user can upload a certificate with the ability to automatically and silently install a certificate for the MSIX package during the VM preparation (for all Self-Service steps: Packaging, Discovery, Testing). So that after the VM is ready, the user can run the MSIX package without additional actions related to installing the certificate.

<span class="TextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8">The option to set up Time Stamp Server is available under </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8">Time Stamp Server </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW18724176 BCX8">field. The default value is </span></span>**[http://timestamp.sectigo.com](http://timestamp.sectigo.com/)**

[![step_settings_52_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/VDc4JNnBRw4IedjY-step_settings_52_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/VDc4JNnBRw4IedjY-step_settings_52_2.png)

<span class="TextRun SCXW58471964 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58471964 BCX8">Time Stamp Server enables a user to sign the MSIX application </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58471964 BCX8">package with a time-stamping protocol.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW58471964 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

MSIX bulk conversion gives a user an ability to create MSIX application packages from an already existing one in silent mode. The option to enable a bulk conversion is available under the **MSIX bulk conversation** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

[![step_settings_51_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/MYNYzCPcb8jTNsoP-step_settings_51_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/MYNYzCPcb8jTNsoP-step_settings_51_2.png)

##### **MSI**

This option is enabled by default.

The screenshot below shows the default settings for MSI.

[![steps_settings_53.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/iJWUKQrkW6zgIq4e-steps_settings_53.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/iJWUKQrkW6zgIq4e-steps_settings_53.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **Name of MSI package** and **Name of MST transform** fields, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

The default value for MSI package is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].msi**.

The default value for MST transform is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].mst.** This option applies if vendor MSI files were found.

[![steps_settings_54.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/KjT5qqNCLWm3VAOL-steps_settings_54.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/KjT5qqNCLWm3VAOL-steps_settings_54.png)

The option to keep the original (vendor) name of the MSI file during the creation of a transform or to rename it according to the naming conventions for the MSI file is available under the **Do not rename vendor MSI name** switch. This option affects the vendor MSI files that were found during the installation of the application.

**Yes** (the vendor MSI name will not be changed) and **No** (the vendor MSI name will be changed according to the Packaging Guideline) options available. The default value is **Yes**.

##### **Installation**

The screenshot below shows the default settings for the **Batch file** tab.

[![steps_settings_55.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/1Tbkv1LHoUoSKY5p-steps_settings_55.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/1Tbkv1LHoUoSKY5p-steps_settings_55.png)

The option to choose the installation script type is available under the Install script type field. The following options available: **Batch**, **PowerShell** and **Vbs**. The default value is **Batch**.

[![steps_settings_56.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/IcMPvkgihbCutQTa-steps_settings_56.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/IcMPvkgihbCutQTa-steps_settings_56.png)

Table 3. MSI installation settings (the **Batch file** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 180px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 264px;">**Details**

</td><td style="width: 196px;">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Installation script name

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the file name of the generated installation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .CMD file to install the package.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">install.cmd

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Installation script content

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">msiexec /i "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" /qn

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Uninstall script name

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line file name for the package uninstallation.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">uninstall.cmd

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Installation script content with transforms

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">msiexec /x \[ProductCode\] /qn

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">User interface

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Default installation command line

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">-

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Installation log

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

- **None** (no logging available).
- **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).
- **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td style="width: 196px;">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Table 4. MSI installation settings (the **PSADT** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-0" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td width="180">**Setting**

</td><td width="264">**Details**

</td><td width="198">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Install command

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package.

</td><td width="198">Execute-MSI -Action 'Install' -Path "\[MsiName\]" -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Install with transform command

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td width="198">Execute-MSI -Action 'Install' -Path "\[MsiName\]" -Transform "\[MstName\]" -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Uninstall command

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for uninstalling the package.

</td><td width="198">Execute-MSI -Action 'Uninstall' -Path '\[ProductCode\]' -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Reboot required

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the reboot mode.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="198">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">User interface

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td width="198">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Default installation command line

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td width="198">-

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Installation log

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

- **None** (no logging available).
- **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).
- **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td width="198">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to set the package metadata is available under the module table. The following screenshot indicates the default settings for the module table. To set or change the value choose the relevant field in the module and type the value in square brackets.

[![steps_settings_57.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/GCoqQ63b6esnSVMi-steps_settings_57.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/GCoqQ63b6esnSVMi-steps_settings_57.png)

Table 5. MSI installation settings (the **Vbs** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-1" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td width="176">**Setting**

</td><td width="256">**Details**

</td><td width="210">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script name

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the file name of the generated installation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .VBS file to install the package.

</td><td width="210">install.vbs

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script content

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for installing package.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /i " &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script content with transforms

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /i " &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " TRANSFORMS=" &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MstName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Uninstall script name

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the file name of the generated uninstallation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .VBS file to ninstall the package.

</td><td width="210">uninstall.vbs

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Uninstall script content

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for uninstalling package.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /x \[ProductCode\] /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">User interface

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td width="210">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Default installation command line

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td width="210">-

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation log

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

· **None** (no logging available).

· **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).

· **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td width="210">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The tables 6 -7 show the settings that are common for all install script types.

Table 6. Installation behavior settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-2" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="258">**Details**

</td><td width="192">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Installation context

</td><td width="258">This setting indicates the installation context mode.

The following options available:

- **Per-user** (access to a program is granted only to a user from which a program was installed);
- **Per-machine** (the package installation is required to enable all computer users to access and use the application. A per-machine installation is based on ALLUSERS property value. The per-machine installation provides changes to the system that affects all users. Standard users with limited privileges will be restricted to install a package in the per-machine context. First, obtaining permission is needed.
- **Per-user or per-machine** (If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER**; if this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is **HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE**. A per-machine installation is based on ALLUSERS property value.

</td><td width="192">Per-machine

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Destination drive

</td><td width="258">This setting indicates the drive where a package will be installed, set value for ROOTDRIVE property of MSI. The ROOTDRIVE property specifies the default drive for the destination directory of the installation. [Learn more](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa371372(v=vs.85).aspx).

The following options available:

- C:\\
- D:\\

</td><td width="192">C:\\

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Table 7. Reboot settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-3" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="258">**Details**

</td><td width="192">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Reboot after install

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on the REBOOT property value.

The REBOOT property suppresses certain prompts for a restart of the system.

The following options available:

- Never;
- Always;
- At the end of a chain.

</td><td width="192">Never

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Shut down any files in use

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on the MSIRMSHUTDOWN property value.

When the default value (**Yes**) is set, all system services and files that were shut down to install the update will be restarted.

The following options available:

- Yes;
- If they are registered for a restart;
- Only if they have all been registered.

</td><td width="192">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">If files are in use

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on MSIRESTARTMANAGERCONTROL property value.

This setting enables setup authors to specify whether the package will use the Restart Manager or FileInUse Dialog to handle locked files.

The following options available:

- Use Restart Manager;
- Use FilesInUse Dialog;
- Disable Shutdown.

</td><td width="192">Use restart manager

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Display of reboot prompts

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on REBOOTPROMPT property value.

This property does not initiate a reboot if one is not needed, it only suppresses any prompts for reboots to the user.

The following options available:

- Suppress;
- Do not set / Remove.

</td><td width="192">Suppress

</td></tr></tbody></table>

##### **ARP &amp; Properties**

The screenshot below shows the default values of **ARP &amp; Properties** settings.

[![steps-settings_58_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Kth6NJey9sNCBDpg-steps-settings_58_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Kth6NJey9sNCBDpg-steps-settings_58_2.png)

To exclude the **Show in ARP**, **Manual repair from ARP**, or **Manual uninstall from ARP** options, uncheck the box next to the option name not required in packaging settings.

To include the **Manual feature modification from ARP** option to packaging settings, check the box next to the option name.

Table 8. Add-Remove Program settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-4" style="width: 800px; height: 684px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 34px;"><td style="height: 34px; width: 225.6px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="height: 34px; width: 442.4px;">**Details**

</td><td style="height: 34px; width: 131.2px;">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 168px;"><td style="height: 168px; width: 225.6px;">Show in ARP

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 442.4px;">This option specifies the listing mode of the program in the ARP (Add-Remove Program) and is based on ARPSYSTEMCOMPONENT property value.

When the option is enabled, the program will be listed in the Add-Remove Program.

When the option is disabled, the program will be hidden in the Add-Remove Program list.

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 131.2px;">Enabled

</td></tr><tr style="height: 146px;"><td style="height: 146px; width: 225.6px;">Manual repair from ARP

</td><td style="height: 146px; width: 442.4px;">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Repair** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOREPAIR property value.

When the option is enabled, the **Repair** button is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled, the **Repair** button is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td style="height: 146px; width: 131.2px;">Enabled

</td></tr><tr style="height: 168px;"><td style="height: 168px; width: 225.6px;">Manual uninstall from ARP

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 442.4px;">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Uninstall** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOREMOVE property value.

When the option is enabled, the **Uninstall** button is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled, the **Uninstall** button is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 131.2px;">Enabled

</td></tr><tr style="height: 168px;"><td style="height: 168px; width: 225.6px;">Manual feature modification from ARP

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 442.4px;">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Modify** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOMODIFY property value.

When the option is enabled, the **Modify** button is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled, the **Modify** button is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td style="height: 168px; width: 131.2px;">Disabled

</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Installation Behaviour**

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure default Apptimized properties is available under the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Installation Behaviour section.</span>**<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default Apptimized properties are:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">ALLUSERS – indicates the application installation configuration on OS.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">ROOTDRIVE – indicates the root drive of the OS for application installation.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![steps_settings_instal_behav_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/fJ9p6p7Z5gQvrpmp-steps_settings_instal_behav_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/fJ9p6p7Z5gQvrpmp-steps_settings_instal_behav_1.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to set up ALLUSERS property for installation deployment is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Installation</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">context </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following options available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Per-user – specifies application </span><span data-contrast="none">installation</span><span data-contrast="auto"> under the user part of the </span><span data-contrast="none">OS</span><span data-contrast="auto">;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Per-machine – specifies application </span><span data-contrast="none">installation</span><span data-contrast="auto"> under the system part </span><span data-contrast="none">of the OS</span><span data-contrast="auto">. (this option is set by default);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Per-user or per-machine – specifies application </span><span data-contrast="none">installation</span><span data-contrast="auto"> under user &amp; system parts (of the OS).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![steps_settings_instal_behav_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/L26FOS4rVKlrv64a-steps_settings_instal_behav_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/L26FOS4rVKlrv64a-steps_settings_instal_behav_2.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure ROOTDRIVE property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Destination driver </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down list.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following destinations available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">C:\\ - this is the default destination;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">D:\\.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![steps_settings_instal_behav_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/nHoH7cyOas2Jx9y1-steps_settings_instal_behav_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/nHoH7cyOas2Jx9y1-steps_settings_instal_behav_3.png)</span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**<span data-contrast="auto">Reboot</span>**<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to set up reboot properties is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Reboot </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">section.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![step_settings_reboot_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/SP3r19TL9KNeMcYm-step_settings_reboot_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/SP3r19TL9KNeMcYm-step_settings_reboot_6.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following reboot properties available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">REBOOT – this property suppresses certain prompts for a restart of the OS;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">MSIRMSHUTDOWN – this property determines how applications or services that are currentrly using files affected by an update should be </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">shut down</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> to enable the installation of the update;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">MSIDISABLERMRESTART - this </span><span data-contrast="auto">property determines how applications or services that are currently using files affected by an update should be </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">shut down</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> and </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">restarted</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> to enable the installation of the update</span><span data-contrast="auto">;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">MSIRESTARTMANAGERCONTROL - this property specifies whether the MSI package uses the [Restart Manager ](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/rstmgr/restart-manager-portal)</span><span data-contrast="auto">or [FilesInUse Dialog](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/filesinuse-dialog)</span><span data-contrast="auto"> functionality;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">REBOOTPROMPT - this property allows the MSI package provide reboot automatically &amp; suppresses the display of any prompts for reboots to the users;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure REBOOT property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Reboot after install </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down list. The following options available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Never – declines any reboot after MSI package installation (this is the option by default);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Always – always provides reboot after MSI package installation.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">At the end of a chain - declines reboot after MSI package installation by default and provides reboot if there is no user interface at each ForceReboot action.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![step_settings_reboot_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/VqSm6QYGbH1J1Rnq-step_settings_reboot_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/VqSm6QYGbH1J1Rnq-step_settings_reboot_1.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure MSIRMSHUTDOWN property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Shut down any files in use </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down list. The followiong options available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Yes - indicates that processes or services that are currently using files affected by the update are shut down. This is the option by default;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">If they are registered for a restart – indicates that processes or services that are currently using files affected by the update, and that do not respond to the Restart Manager, are forced to shut down;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Only if they have all been registered – indicates that processes or services that are currently using files affected by the update are shut down only if they have all been registered for a restart. If any process or service has not been registered for a restart, then no processes or services are shut down;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![step_settings_reboot_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Snh6jnBI9grD15hx-step_settings_reboot_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Snh6jnBI9grD15hx-step_settings_reboot_2.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure applications &amp; services behaviour with files by configuring MSIRESTARTMANAGERCONTROL property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">If files are in use </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down list. The following options available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Use Restart Manager – indicates that Windows Installer always attempts to use the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Restart Manager</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. This is the option by default.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Use FilesInUse Dialog – indicates that Windows Installer always attempts to use the FilesInUse Dialog;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Disable Shutdown – indicates that Windows Installer uses FileInUse dialog by default, and uses the Restart Manager to detect files in use by applications;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> [![step_settings_reboot_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/KbzbRCPxY5neO0pZ-step_settings_reboot_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/KbzbRCPxY5neO0pZ-step_settings_reboot_3.png)</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure REBOOTPROMPT property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Display of reboot prompts </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">drop-down list. The following options available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Suppress – enables the property. This is the option by default;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Do not set / Remove – removing the property;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![step_settings_reboot_4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/WM4WkdUeVOgZJmwZ-step_settings_reboot_4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/WM4WkdUeVOgZJmwZ-step_settings_reboot_4.png)

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to configure MSIDISABLERMRESTART property is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Disable restart after installing the update </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch. The following options are:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Yes – indicates that processes that were shut down using the Restart Manager while installing the update will not be restarted after the update is applied;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">No – indicates that all system services that were shut down to install the update are restarted. All applications that registered themselves with the Restart Manager are restarted. This is the option by default;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**[![step_settings_reboot_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/7Fo6Cr5LMzOGqd2u-step_settings_reboot_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/7Fo6Cr5LMzOGqd2u-step_settings_reboot_5.png)**

**Additional properties**

The option to set the nonstandard properties that should be included to package is available under the **Additional properties** dropdown menu. This option covers the properties that will be added to the generated MSI or Transform. For example:

- COMPANY, USERNAME – properties, which contain company name and user’s name. They are used by some software to initialize the user’s information;
- ACCEPT\_EULA – properties, which mean that you agree with all license agreements.

[![steps_settings_59.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/scaled-1680-/kLnpzKguyq0Oi7I8-steps_settings_59.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/kLnpzKguyq0Oi7I8-steps_settings_59.png)

The option to create the additional setting is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Add the setting name in the **Setting** field &gt; Add the setting value in the **Value** field.

[![steps_settings_60.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/DLpQ64mRLwowQgld-steps_settings_60.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/DLpQ64mRLwowQgld-steps_settings_60.png)

The option to delete the additional setting is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

The option to enable the self-healing process on application shortcuts run is available under the **Advertised shortcuts** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

##### **Files &amp; Registry**

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Files&amp;Registry** settings.

[![steps_settings_61.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/MypDVhRYnxs7SEBZ-steps_settings_61.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/MypDVhRYnxs7SEBZ-steps_settings_61.png)

Table 9. Files &amp; Registry settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-5" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="342">**Details**

</td><td width="102">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Cab archive name pattern

</td><td width="342">This setting indicates the filename template for naming **.CAB** files. Cab files contain files that will be installed by MSI package.

</td><td width="102">Data{0}.cab

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Max cab file size (in MB)

</td><td rowspan="2" width="342">These settings indicate the number of files that will be placed in a single cab file.

If the size of one cab file is bigger than the provided value, it will be divided into several cab files.

</td><td width="102">2048

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Max files count per cab

</td><td width="102">9999

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Use embedded cab

</td><td width="342">This setting sets the mode to use an embedded file.

When the **Use embedded cab** switch is enabled a **.CAB** file will be implemented into **.MSI**.

When the **Use embedded cab** switch is disabled a **.CAB** file will be outside the **.MSI** (external CAB). It is a compressed source (opposed to "Loose files" = uncompressed source).

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Parse ini files to the IniFile table

</td><td width="342">This option indicates the mode to parse ini files.

When the **Parse ini files to the IniFile table** switch is enabled, the ini files will be added via an IniFile table.

It is the best practice to add ini files via IniFile table because these files may contain hard-coded values, which in this case can be replaced with MSI properties.

When the **Parse ini files to the IniFile table** switch is disabled, the ini files will be added via an File table.

</td><td width="102">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables

</td><td width="342">This setting allows identifying objects and to add them to the appropriate tables.

When the **Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables** switch is enabled, all COM objects will be mapped to MSI via special tables designed for these objects (ProgID, Classes, etc.). It is a better way of COM objects registration according to Microsoft's best practices and helps easily navigate and manage these objects through MSI.

When the **Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables** switch is disabled all COM objects will be added to MSI via Registry table and installed as regular registry keys.

</td><td width="102">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Post process MSI filesystem &amp; components

</td><td width="342">This setting sets the File Table entries for the Language and Version fields. [Learn more](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/file-versioning-rules?redirectedfrom=MSDN).

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent

</td><td width="342">A system folder is used by other programs. If the package contains some System folder files, they can be removed from the system during uninstallation. So, it will affect other programs that use these files.

When the **Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent** switch is enabled, the files will be marked as permanent and won’t be removed after the package uninstalling.

When the **Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent** switch is disabled, the files will be deleted after the package uninstalling.

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Use Duplicate File table for user files installation

</td><td width="342">Some files (.DLL, .OCX, etc.) that are installed in the Common Files folder is used by other programs. If the package contains some of these files they can be removed from the system during uninstallation. So, this affects other programs that use these files.

When the **Use Duplicate File table for user files installation** switch is enabled, the files mark as shared. Every time when such files are installed in this folder, a counter is incremented. This counter shows how many programs use this file. When the package tries to remove this file, the counter is decremented. When this counter equals 0 this file removes from the system.

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to create the кщще keys is available under the block below: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

[![steps_settings_62.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/TPKQCVdYUh13PjVZ-steps_settings_62.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/TPKQCVdYUh13PjVZ-steps_settings_62.png)

The default value for the **Key** field is **Software\\\[Manufacturer\]\\\[ProductName\]\\\[ProductVersion\]**.

The default value for the **Name** field is **DummyKey**.

The default value for the **Value** field is **\[PackageCode\]**.

**Per User Data**

This section allows creating separate registry keys for Active Setup.

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Per User Data** settings.

[![steps_settings_63.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/YHJ1Odrgtfdm4nz9-steps_settings_63.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/YHJ1Odrgtfdm4nz9-steps_settings_63.png)

The option to create the separate registry keys for Active Setup is available under the **Active setup** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

When the **Active Setup** switch is enabled, the self-healing process on the user’s logon will be implemented. This option is useful when the program has extensions or when the self-healing process on the advertised shortcut does not work.

When the **Active Setup** switch is disabled, the self-healing process on the user’s logon will not be implemented.

The options to specify the component name for active setup keys and registry keys are available in this section.

[![steps_settings_64.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/I7miX6ZdDv38pbDY-steps_settings_64.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/I7miX6ZdDv38pbDY-steps_settings_64.png)

The default value for the **ActiveSetup component name** field is **ApptimizedActiveSetup**.

To insert the variable tag into the **ActiveSetup component name** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_65.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/KYVD8OscYvyvOZjx-steps_settings_65.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/KYVD8OscYvyvOZjx-steps_settings_65.png)

The option to create the registry keys is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

The option to delete the registry key is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

[![steps_settings_65_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/2iba4CZOmhW5p3Oh-steps_settings_65_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/2iba4CZOmhW5p3Oh-steps_settings_65_1.png)

##### **Branding**

This option enables a user to check all Apptimized packages installed on the user’s computer. If a user has installed applications to monitor, these branding keys assist a user.

These keys contain all information about packages (i.e., installed date, time, manufacturer, etc.).

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_66.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/hOYhTUZcmk6wawfb-steps_settings_66.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/hOYhTUZcmk6wawfb-steps_settings_66.png)

When the **Branding** switch is enabled, the branding keys will be included to package. This option a user can use when the program has extensions or when the self-healing process on the advertised shortcut does not work.

When the **Branding** switch is disabled, the output package will not contain any branding keys even if they are specified in the settings above.

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Branding** settings.

[![steps_settings_67.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/gDBykFlR2kGjwxtX-steps_settings_67.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/gDBykFlR2kGjwxtX-steps_settings_67.png)

The options to specify the component name for active setup keys and branding keys are available in this section.

[![steps_settings_68.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/3eMcE5sB8CfZtXtQ-steps_settings_68.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/3eMcE5sB8CfZtXtQ-steps_settings_68.png)

The default value for the **Branding component name** field is **ApptimizedBranding**.

To insert the variable tag into the **Branding component name** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_69.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/Sxjhgy0qCT42ejDa-steps_settings_69.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/Sxjhgy0qCT42ejDa-steps_settings_69.png)

The option to create the branding keys is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

The option to delete the branding key is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

[![steps_settings_70.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/BkXrb6k4HsIV9v0z-steps_settings_70.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/BkXrb6k4HsIV9v0z-steps_settings_70.png)

##### **Transformation**

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_71.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/Uj3eTVFvf7lfzxYU-steps_settings_71.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/Uj3eTVFvf7lfzxYU-steps_settings_71.png)

When the **Skip installation during transformation** switch is enabled, all changes which were implemented during installation will capture but the application will not be installed physically. Transformed will be provided based on the implemented changes.

When the **Skip installation during transformation** switch is disabled, all changes which were implemented during installation will capture the application will be installed physically on the system.

The option to download [JavaScript Object Notation](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/json/json-data-sql-server?view=sql-server-ver15) file is available under the **Download JSON** button.

[![steps_settings_34.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/BPUSw7rNeSJY2vJI-steps_settings_34.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/BPUSw7rNeSJY2vJI-steps_settings_34.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![steps_settings_40.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/JqAojPz25aGDxOVw-steps_settings_40.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/JqAojPz25aGDxOVw-steps_settings_40.png)

##### **Workspace Launcher** 

**Apptimized Workspace Launcher** is a Windows-based application <span data-contrast="auto">that</span><span data-contrast="auto"> provides a user with a packaging toolset within Apptimized cloud environment.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":6,"335551620":6,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

The **Workspace Launcher** section enables a user to create customizable bundles with applications available in Apptimized Workspace Launcher and share them with all users inside a project.

<p class="callout info">The created bundle(s) will appear on the VM while Packaging Self-Service (see the **[Packaging](https://docs.apptimized.com/books/apptimized-platform-user-manual/page/packaging "Packaging")**).</p>

The Workspace Launcher section is available under **Project Settings** &gt; **Workflow** &gt; **Packaging – Self Service** &gt; **Workspace Launcher**. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![launcher_selfservice_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/dcijzvI3QNZ3rGtD-launcher_selfservice_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/dcijzvI3QNZ3rGtD-launcher_selfservice_1.png)

The option to create a new bundle is available under the **Create new bundle** button.

Apptimized shows the following modal window:

[![launcher_selfservice_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/hYjS3KjKtqER6jea-launcher_selfservice_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/hYjS3KjKtqER6jea-launcher_selfservice_2.png)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-bund" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 18.8889%;">**Setting**</td><td style="width: 81.1111%;">**Details**</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 18.8889%;">Bundle name</td><td style="width: 81.1111%;">**<span data-contrast="auto">The bundle</span><span data-contrast="auto"> </span><span data-contrast="auto">name </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">field allows </span><span data-contrast="auto">defining</span><span data-contrast="auto"> the bundle name (e.g., MSI</span><span data-contrast="auto">).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The</span><span data-contrast="auto">re is no </span><span data-contrast="auto">default value </span><span data-contrast="auto">for this field</span><span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">[![launcher_selfservice_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/yUnMl5t3iTx2QXMv-launcher_selfservice_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/yUnMl5t3iTx2QXMv-launcher_selfservice_3.png)</span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 18.8889%;">Bundle description</td><td style="width: 81.1111%;">**<span data-contrast="auto">The bundle</span><span data-contrast="auto"> </span><span data-contrast="auto">description </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">field allows </span><span data-contrast="auto">defining</span><span data-contrast="auto"> the bundle description (e.g., Tools for packaging MSI format</span><span data-contrast="auto">).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The</span><span data-contrast="auto">re is no </span><span data-contrast="auto">default value </span><span data-contrast="auto">for this field</span><span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">[![launcher_selfservice_4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/I7C13HBnBWsQibmB-launcher_selfservice_4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/I7C13HBnBWsQibmB-launcher_selfservice_4.png)</span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 18.8889%;">Select categories</td><td style="width: 81.1111%;">**<span data-contrast="auto">The select categories</span><span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">field allows </span><span data-contrast="auto">defining</span><span data-contrast="auto"> the categories for a new bundle. </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">The following options available: </span>

- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">App-V</span>
- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">MSI</span>
- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">MSIX</span>
- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">Productivity</span>
- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">System</span>
- <span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">Utility</span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">There is no default value for this field. </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">[![launcher_selfservice_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/30Vma9OsUDSnlA71-launcher_selfservice_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/30Vma9OsUDSnlA71-launcher_selfservice_5.png)</span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">The option to choose multiple categories is available.</span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 18.8889%;">Select applications</td><td style="width: 81.1111%;">**<span data-contrast="auto">The select applications</span><span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">field allows </span><span data-contrast="auto">defining</span><span data-contrast="auto"> the applications included in a new bundle. </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">The following options available: </span>

- 7-Zip
- Adobe Creative Cloud Cleaner Tool
- Adobe Customization Wizard
- App-V 5 Configuration Editor
- App-V Manage
- Apptimized MSI Editor
- Apptimized Packaging Engine
- AppV 5.1 Sequencer
- Double Commander
- InstEd
- LockHunter
- MSIX Packaging Tool
- Notepad++
- Process Explorer
- Process Monitor
- PsExec
- Resources Extract
- WhatChanged
- Orca
- InstallWatch

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">There is no default value for this field. </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">[![launcher_selfservice_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/1KNgSjO04wm1AGdB-launcher_selfservice_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/1KNgSjO04wm1AGdB-launcher_selfservice_6.png)</span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}">The option to choose multiple applications is available.</span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

To apply the settings, click the **Create bundle** button. **Cancel** - reverts to the Workspace Launcher section.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![launcher_selfservice_7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/l5aRSTHFmlJPArQD-launcher_selfservice_7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/l5aRSTHFmlJPArQD-launcher_selfservice_7.png)

A bundle can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A bundle can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG) ). The bundle settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button. **Cancel** - reverts to the Workspace Launcher section.

##### **Custom Actions**

This option is disabled by default.

[![cust_actions_new_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/uv249VX0HKmXC7Yt-cust_actions_new_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/uv249VX0HKmXC7Yt-cust_actions_new_1.png)

<span data-contrast="auto">When the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Custom Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch is enabled, the option to add additional Custom Actions becomes available. Additional Custom Actions will be added to the package under Factory Service automatically.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">When the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Custom Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch is disabled, there is no option to add additional Custom Actions to the package.</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following screen when the switch is enabled:</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">[![cust_actions_new_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/yE9QZvLUokIQHVLs-cust_actions_new_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/yE9QZvLUokIQHVLs-cust_actions_new_2.png)</span>

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description-" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; height: 203px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">**Setting**</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">**Description**</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Action</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the name of Custom Action.</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Type</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the type of Custom Action. The following types available:

<span data-contrast="none">VBS Script:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">38 – Scheduling: Always;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">3110 – Execution Context: Deffered, No Impersonate;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">3174 – Return Processing: ContinueOnReturn, Execution Context: Deffered, No Impersonate;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">Property:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">51 – Set Property, Scheduling: Always.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Source</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the source property of the MSI package (i.e., ProductName).</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Target</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;"><span data-contrast="none">This field allows defining the execution parameter that depends on the basic type of custom action (i.e., Entry point).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> If Target is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Null</span>**<span data-contrast="none">, Custom Action must contain script code.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Condition</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;"><span class="TextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="ES-ES" xml:lang="ES-ES"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">This</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">field</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">allows</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">defining</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">the</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">condition</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">which</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">the</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Custom</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Action</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">will</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> be </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">executed</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> (</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">e.g</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">., </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Not</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">installed</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">).</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW107717943 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Sequence</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the order in which the Custom Action will be performed. The sequence value must be more than 1500 and less than 6600.</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to add an additional field for Custom Action is available under **plus** button.

[![cust_actions_new_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Uh7ZQVf6WtxOxPRq-cust_actions_new_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Uh7ZQVf6WtxOxPRq-cust_actions_new_3.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![cust_actions_new_4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/xB1TvWP6IrwVeE7R-cust_actions_new_4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/xB1TvWP6IrwVeE7R-cust_actions_new_4.png)

The option to delete the field for Custom Action is available under **bin** button:

[![cust_actions_new_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/hbBS5wRSmp4IFX2v-cust_actions_new_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/hbBS5wRSmp4IFX2v-cust_actions_new_5.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** There is no option to delete the initial Custom Action field.</p>

The option to apply settings is available under the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![cust_actions_new_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Jq9HXWrAtjcZGJAs-cust_actions_new_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Jq9HXWrAtjcZGJAs-cust_actions_new_6.png)

The option to download JavaScript Object Notation file is available under **Download JSON** button:

[![cust_actions_new_7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/viYThuU0FC3D5RMQ-cust_actions_new_7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/viYThuU0FC3D5RMQ-cust_actions_new_7.png)

The option to reset settings is available under **Reset** button.

#### **Packaging Wrappers**

##### **Wrapper templates**

This section enables a user:

- to set the PSADT templates
- to manage the PSADT parameters (i.e., parameters, replace items, and ZIP templates).

The Packaging Wrappers section is available under **Project Settings** &gt; **Workflow** &gt; **Packaging – Self Service** &gt; **Packaging Wrappers &gt; Wrapper templates**. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![wrap_sett_01.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/cPnwX7iNE6GVbb2h-wrap_sett_01.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/cPnwX7iNE6GVbb2h-wrap_sett_01.PNG)

##### Download default template

The option to download the package wrappers default template is available under the **Download default template** button. The following default templates available: **1.1.10.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.10.2 (App-V)**, **1.1.11.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.12.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.12.2 (App-V)**, **1.1.13.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.13.2 (App-V)**.

**[![wrapp_sett_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/woEIGdc3ye8buONZ-wrapp_sett_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/woEIGdc3ye8buONZ-wrapp_sett_02.png)**

<p class="callout info">**Note.** After a user downloaded an archive with the default templates, it is recommended to examine the archive structure and files content. The list of placeholders to replace can be formed, or needed modifications to the archive can be provided as a result of the review.</p>

##### Create a new package wrapper template

The option to create a new package wrapper template is available under the **Create new** button.

[![Wrapper.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-12/scaled-1680-/wrapper.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-12/wrapper.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note. <span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">Based on</span></span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> field indicates the state of the wrapper created. The </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">**Empty** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">option creates wrapper without any </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW246880958 BCX8">predefined</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> settings. The </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">**Default Wrapper** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">option </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">contains predefined parameters, replace items, and templates</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">. The options under the </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB">**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">Project</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> **Wrappers** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">allow duplicating wrappers created previously on the project.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

<p class="callout info">**Note.** When the new package template is created, it is recommended to implement the following sequence of actions:  
1. Upload a ZIP archive with the wrapper template (see the [**Templates** **tab**](#bkmrk-templates-tab))  
2. Create a list of parameters (see the [**Parameters tab**](#h_48102001851599766225691))  
3. Create a list of replaced items (see the [**Replace items tab**](#bkmrk-replace-items-tab))</p>

##### Parameters tab

This tab enables a user to set the list of parameters to customize wrapper templates.

The option to create a new parameter is available under the **Add parameter** button.

[![wrap_sett_04_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/QKNF9YaLr4Xeunhe-wrap_sett_04_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/QKNF9YaLr4Xeunhe-wrap_sett_04_2.png)

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-nam" style="height: 827px; width: 812px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 75px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 75px; border-style: solid;">Name

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 75px; border-style: solid;">This field sets the name of the created parameter (e.g., **Software name**).

Parameter naming is a user preference.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 205px; border-style: solid;">Required

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; border-style: solid;">This switch allows a user to specify the parameter as required.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">Description

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">A user can provide here any meaningful description to simplify the parameter's identification.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 180px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 180px; border-style: solid;">Applicable for the package type

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 180px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this parameter will be applicable. The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 175px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 175px; border-style: solid;">Type

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 175px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the type of the created parameter. The following options available:

- String
- Select list
- Editable select list
- Multiple select list
- Boolean
- Date time
- MSI property
- TrimmedString

The default value is **String**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 163px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 163px; border-style: solid;">Value

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 163px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the static or dynamic generated name which a user can apply within the settings for replaced items.

The following actions available:

- The field can stay empty (Apptimized will apply the default value)
- A user can hardcode the value (e.g., **File Zilla 3.46 Eng**)
- A user can use the variables from the list below (e.g., **\[Manufacturer\]\[ProductName\]\[ProductVersion\]\[AppLanguage\]**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 117px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 117px; border-style: solid;">Values

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 117px; border-style: solid;">This field enables a user to create a predefined list of values (e.g., **Windows 10 32 bit**, **Windows 10 64 bit**, **Language (Eng)**, **Language (De)**, etc.).

This field is disabled by default. The field becomes active when the **Select list**, **Editable select list**, or **Multiple select list** parameter’s type is selected.

A user must provide at least one value.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 53px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 53px; border-style: solid;">Order

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 53px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the parameter’s position in the parameters list.

This field is required.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The parameter settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button. Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_05_5.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/6eM6ZE1cbNuRoCEc-wrap_sett_05_5.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/6eM6ZE1cbNuRoCEc-wrap_sett_05_5.PNG)

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![wrap_sett_04_3_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/CZezSCBGOl3sfGEG-wrap_sett_04_3_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/CZezSCBGOl3sfGEG-wrap_sett_04_3_2.png)

A parameter can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A parameter can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG) ). The parameter settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

##### Replace items tab

This tab enables a user to set the list of placeholders to replace in the provided file types or folder names a given parameter value.

The option to create a new replace element is available under the **Add replace item** button.

[![wrap_sett_06_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/znJksye8iBTBg3tF-wrap_sett_06_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/znJksye8iBTBg3tF-wrap_sett_06_5.png)

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-pla" style="width: 808px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Placeholder

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the variable to be replaced in template files or folders (e.g., **AppVendorShort**).

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Replaced by

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the static or dynamic generated name which a user can apply within the settings for replaced items.

The following actions available:

- A user can enter the value manually. The following templates must be implemented: for files - **$(ParameterName)**, and for folders **\[ParameterName\]**
- A user can use the variables from the list below the field.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Package types

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this replacement item will be applicable.

The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- Legacy
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">File extensions

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the extension of a file for which the replacement rules will be applied (e.g., **.PS1** or **.TXT**).

This field is required.

The option to add a file extension is available under the **plus** symbol.

The option to delete a file extension is available under the **bin** symbol.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The replaced item’s settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button. Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_06_7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/zTw92jyahjOvHAN1-wrap_sett_06_7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/zTw92jyahjOvHAN1-wrap_sett_06_7.png)

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

**[![wrap_sett_06_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/hoC7G0X5mUAgB0FP-wrap_sett_06_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/hoC7G0X5mUAgB0FP-wrap_sett_06_6.png)**

A replaced item can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A replaced item can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)). The replaced item’s settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

##### Templates tab

This tab enables a user to implement the default wrapping templates.

**[![wrap_sett_0702](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-02/scaled-1680-/dB69JEBlXe4CUjxw-MicrosoftTeams-image.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-02/dB69JEBlXe4CUjxw-MicrosoftTeams-image.png)**

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-fil" style="width: 811px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">File path

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This field enables a user to define the destination of the installation file or several installation files (e.g., **\[packagefoldername\]\\package**).

To define the file (s) path, a user needs to select a folder that will store the installation file or several installation files from the hierarchical folder structure on the left-hand side of the settings window.

[![wrap_sett_07_path.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/317anF1r6L5hMfGN-wrap_sett_07_path.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/317anF1r6L5hMfGN-wrap_sett_07_path.png)

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Version

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This field provides information about the wrapper’s version number (e.g., **1.1.1.1** or **1.1.05.1**).

The wrapper’s version number should be represented as a four-part string with the following format: **&lt;major version&gt;.&lt;minor version&gt;.&lt;build number&gt;.&lt;revision&gt;**

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Package types

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this template will be applicable.

The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- Legacy
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Description

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">A user can provide here any meaningful description to simplify the template's identification.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The templates settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button.

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_08_4.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/gaw3X0HgqhMslNmv-wrap_sett_08_4.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/gaw3X0HgqhMslNmv-wrap_sett_08_4.PNG)

A template can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A template can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)). The template’s settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

<p class="callout info">**Note.** If required to modify the current wrapper template or implement any changes, a user doesn't need to create a new packaging wrapper entry. A user can upload a new wrapper revision (**Template tab** &gt; **Add template** button).   
A wrapper version number update is needed.   
Apptimized Platform will automatically use the latest one when the wrapper template updated successfully.</p>

##### **Intunewin**

This section enables a user to operate with Interactive mode during Intunewin wrapping.

[![intunewin_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/Pn9f3V6IXVEH9TBX-intunewin_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/Pn9f3V6IXVEH9TBX-intunewin_1.png)

Interactive mode allows a user to show windows for the user during installation.

<p class="callout info">**Note.** MSI package can't be interactive due to Intune restrictions.</p>

The option to enable Interactive mode is available via the Interactive mode switch. The option is enabled by default.

[![intunewin_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/H1l9cFInt2WTRDj3-intunewin_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/H1l9cFInt2WTRDj3-intunewin_2.png)

#### **Packaging – Factory Service**

##### **General**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Packaging – Factory Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![step_settings_72_2-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/mOEeeta75UiTC7cR-step_settings_72_2-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/mOEeeta75UiTC7cR-step_settings_72_2-(2).png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Packaging – Factory Service.**

The option to change a results archive name pattern is available under the **Name of results archive** field. The default archive name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\]\_\[PackageType\].package.zip.**

The option to change a package folder name pattern is available under the **Name of package folder** field. The default package folder name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].**

To insert the variable tag into the field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_73.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/vTdBqK9qJIOUizVJ-steps_settings_73.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/vTdBqK9qJIOUizVJ-steps_settings_73.png)

The following additional options can be enabled:

Table 10. Packaging – Factory Service additional options

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-option-details-defau-0" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="208">**Option**

</td><td width="302">**Details**

</td><td width="112">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Filter system noise during recording

</td><td width="302">This option allows for applying a filter (exclusion list) to automatically remove the captured system and user activity (noise).

**Yes** and **No** options available.

**Yes** – the value of this option removes redundant files and registry keys that were created by the system while recording sessions and did not relate to installing software (i.e., telemetry or diagnostics data).

**No** – the system noise which is captured by the application packaging tool will not be removed.

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Remove Desktop shortcuts

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to remove all desktop shortcuts (**Yes**) from the package or to leave desktop shortcuts in the package (**No**).

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce AppV

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to generate a file in App-V format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce VSL

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to generate a file in VSL format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce MSIX

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to repackage software to MSIX format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td width="112">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="208">Produce MSI

</td><td width="302">This setting indicates the option to repackage software to MSI format.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

When **No** option is chosen, a legacy setup for software will be implemented if possible.

</td><td width="112">Yes

</td></tr></tbody></table>

To turn on the option required in the project, enable the relevant switch in front of the option name.

The option to exclude shortcuts from the packaging results archive is available under the **Remove shortcuts containing text** field. The following options available:

- Readme (removing shortcuts on **txt** file);
- Release notes (removing shortcuts on the page with **Release notes**);
- Uninstall (removing shortcuts on **exe** file).

To exclude shortcuts from the packaging results archive, click the relevant option.

[![steps_settings_74.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/IlUEO3OTHzOWthAR-steps_settings_74.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/IlUEO3OTHzOWthAR-steps_settings_74.png)

The option to set the person’s data who will receive notifications on factory requests in the project is available under **Escalation** tab &gt; “**Escalation contact's email address”** and **“Escalation contact's name”** fields.

[![step_settings_75_2-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/vwBiyK3M3RAQqqU9-step_settings_75_2-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/vwBiyK3M3RAQqqU9-step_settings_75_2-(2).png)

The option to configure allowed and default operating system platforms for packaging is available under the **Platforms** tab.

The **Allowed package platforms** field defines the list of operating systems permitted for package creation within the current project.  
Only platforms added to this field will be available for selection when submitting a packaging request.

The **Default package platform** field defines the platform selected automatically when creating a new request.  
This platform must be chosen from the list specified in the **Allowed package platforms** field.

[![Group 8.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/scaled-1680-/group-8.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/group-8.png)

The option to configure available packaging and wrapping formats for a project is available under the **Formats** tab.

The **Select package formats** field defines which packaging technologies can be used within the project.  
The **Select wrapper formats** field defines which wrapping methods are available for packaging.

The **Package format** and **Wrapper format** fields in the **Defaults** section define which formats are automatically selected when creating a new request.  
Both values must be chosen from the lists defined above.

[![Group 9.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/scaled-1680-/group-9.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/group-9.png)

The **Exclusions** section allows restricting incompatible format combinations.  
For each wrapper format, one or several **package formats** can be excluded to prevent incompatible packaging–wrapping combinations.

[![Group 11.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/scaled-1680-/group-11.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-10/group-11.png)

##### **APPV**

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_76.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/yKydrK3EfyxJGcqp-steps_settings_76.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/yKydrK3EfyxJGcqp-steps_settings_76.png)

APPV option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

[![steps_settings_77.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/cnu2rKRs1U1h5G5j-steps_settings_77.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/cnu2rKRs1U1h5G5j-steps_settings_77.png)

The option to specify which version of App-V sequencer will be used is available under the **Target App-V versions** field. Every version of App-V sequencer has its own workflow and applies for different operating systems.

The following **Target App-V versions** available:

- 5.1;
- 5.0 SP3;
- 5.0 SP2 Hotfix 4+;
- 5.0 SP1/RTM;
- 5.0 SP2.

The default value is **5.1**.

To start an application from App-V, a full load mode must be enabled. The option to enable a full load mode is available under the **Require full load** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

The option to enable interaction with ActiveX is available under the **Allow named objects interaction** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

The option to enable interaction with COM objects is available under the **Allow COM interaction** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

The option to write inside App-V is available under the **Allow write to virtual FS** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

##### **VSL**

VSL (Virtual Software Layer) is a combination of software components that implement the concept of FS layering.

Every software exists in its own container and can access ﬁles for write access only within this container unless the opposite is deﬁned in a manifest ﬁle.

Real applications could have access to this container for reading and write access to the container content if the opposite is not prohibited in manifest and virtual ﬁles can be visible in Windows Explorer like ordinary ﬁles.

VSL consists of diﬀerent layers applied on top of another in order to form the package based on the containment of the container.

By default, all VSL ﬁles are stored under the root directory C:\\Program Files\\VSL. This can be changed on a machine level, but the directory should be the same for all packages.

VSL format key features:

1\. ZIP archive with extensions .VSL or .VSLX;

2\. Every VSL file contains layers:

- OS layer;
- Service layer;
- Files layer;
- Registry layer;
- Manifest layer, etc.

3\. Can be contained inside MSI files for compatibility with deployment systems;

4\. Is self-contained. No additional software installation is required;

5\. Back compatible and non-breaking updates.

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_78.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/xTHrhCg7BAKZXlrU-steps_settings_78.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/xTHrhCg7BAKZXlrU-steps_settings_78.png)

VSL option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

[![steps_settings_79.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/dKUmLrA1BfJZWgvw-steps_settings_79.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/dKUmLrA1BfJZWgvw-steps_settings_79.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **Description** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_80.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/uiQw2Dc4MtnVJQMH-steps_settings_80.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/uiQw2Dc4MtnVJQMH-steps_settings_80.png)

To upload a certificate in .**PFX** the **Upload certificate (.pfx)** field can be used. Click the **Open** button when the relevant file is chosen.

[![steps_settings_81.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/mb02QEsfRCh0Hj0R-steps_settings_81.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/mb02QEsfRCh0Hj0R-steps_settings_81.png)

The option to enable an embedded VSL is available under the **Embedded VSL in self-contained MSI** switch. **On** and **Off** options available. The default value is **On**.

##### **MSIX**

MSIX is the Windows app package format that provides a packaging experience to all Windows apps. The MSIX package format preserves the functionality of existing app packages and/or install files in addition to enabling new packaging and deployment features to Win32, WPF, and WinForm apps.

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_82.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/d1uQOjSZbaKETm2r-steps_settings_82.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/d1uQOjSZbaKETm2r-steps_settings_82.png)

MSIX option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![image-38.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/lL0MTdThPXNdfvFG-image-38.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/lL0MTdThPXNdfvFG-image-38.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **MSIX identity name** and **MSIX package display name** fields, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

The default **MSIX identity name** pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]-\[ProductName\]-\[ProductVersion\]**.

The default **MSIX package display name** pattern is **\[ProductName\]-\[ProductVersion\]**.

[![step_settings_49_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)

The option to set the certificate publisher's name is available under the **Certificate publisher** field. The certificate publisher's name should match the certificate subject name. If no the package will not be signed.

[![step_settings_50_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/4P5aec9nKMvIcuW5-step_settings_50_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/4P5aec9nKMvIcuW5-step_settings_50_2.png)

The certificate is used to sign the application and is uploaded for a user by default. An option to upload a .**PFX** certificate is available. To upload a certificate in .**PFX** the **Upload certificate (.pfx)** field can be used. Click the **Open** button when the relevant file is chosen.

[![step_settings_49_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/ctWjO8zkGlHjTF8f-step_settings_49_2.png)

A self-signed certificate is useful for testing the application before a user is ready to publish it to the store.

A user can upload a certificate with the ability to automatically and silently install a certificate for the MSIX package during the VM preparation (for all Self-Service steps: Packaging, Discovery, Testing). So that after the VM is ready, the user can run the MSIX package without additional actions related to installing the certificate.

<span class="TextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8">The option to set up Time Stamp Server is available under </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8">Time Stamp Server </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW87935803 BCX8">field. The default value is </span></span>**[http://timestamp.sectigo.com](http://timestamp.sectigo.com)**

[![step_settings_52_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/VDc4JNnBRw4IedjY-step_settings_52_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/VDc4JNnBRw4IedjY-step_settings_52_2.png)

<span class="TextRun SCXW107894788 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107894788 BCX8">Time Stamp Server enables a user to sign the MSIX application </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107894788 BCX8">package with a time-stamping protocol.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW107894788 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

MSIX bulk conversion gives a user an ability to create MSIX application packages from an already existing one in silent mode. The option to enable a bulk conversion is available under the **MSIX bulk conversation** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **No**.

[![steps_settings_87.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/oAg5b00N2hrtaQyH-steps_settings_87.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/oAg5b00N2hrtaQyH-steps_settings_87.png)

##### **MSI**

This option is enabled by default.

The screenshot below shows the default settings for MSI.

[![steps_settings_88.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/tt73T0GRvuD8B8Ey-steps_settings_88.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/tt73T0GRvuD8B8Ey-steps_settings_88.png)

To insert the variable tag into the **Name of MSI package** and **Name of MST transform** fields, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

The default value for MSI package is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].msi**.

The default value for MST transform is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].mst.** This option applies if vendor MSI files were found.

[![steps_settings_89.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/oDiyHF5d9e6pBFHL-steps_settings_89.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/oDiyHF5d9e6pBFHL-steps_settings_89.png)

The option to keep the original (vendor) name of the MSI file during the creation of a transform or to rename it according to the naming conventions for the MSI file is available under the **Do not rename vendor MSI name** switch. This option affects the vendor MSI files that were found during the installation of the application.

**Yes** (the vendor MSI name will not be changed) and **No** (the vendor MSI name will be changed according to the Packaging Guideline) options available. The default value is **Yes**.

##### **Installation**

The screenshot below shows the default settings for the **Batch file** tab.

[![steps_settings_90.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/3N7dKQfyYfMB4azT-steps_settings_90.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/3N7dKQfyYfMB4azT-steps_settings_90.png)

The option to choose the installation script type is available under the Install script type field. The following options available: **Batch**, **PowerShell** and **Vbs**. The default value is **Batch**.

[![steps_settings_91.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/YCn7X2aKQ02WZg37-steps_settings_91.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/YCn7X2aKQ02WZg37-steps_settings_91.png)

Table 11. MSI installation settings (the **Batch file** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-6" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td width="180">**Setting**

</td><td width="264">**Details**

</td><td width="198">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Installation script name

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the file name of the generated installation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .CMD file to install the package.

</td><td width="198">install.cmd

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Installation script content

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package.

</td><td width="198">msiexec /i "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" /qn

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Uninstall script name

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line file name for the package uninstallation.

</td><td width="198">uninstall.cmd

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Installation script content with transforms

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td width="198">msiexec /x \[ProductCode\] /qn

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">User interface

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td width="198">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Default installation command line

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td width="198">-

</td></tr><tr><td width="180">Installation log

</td><td width="264">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

- **None** (no logging available).
- **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).
- **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td width="198">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Table 12. MSI installation settings (the **PSADT** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-7" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 180px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 264px;">**Details**

</td><td style="width: 196px;">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Install command

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">Execute-MSI -Action 'Install' -Path "\[MsiName\]" -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Install with transform command

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">Execute-MSI -Action 'Install' -Path "\[MsiName\]" -Transform "\[MstName\]" -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Uninstall command

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for uninstalling the package.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">Execute-MSI -Action 'Uninstall' -Path '\[ProductCode\]' -private:$PackageName

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Reboot required

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the reboot mode.

**Yes** and **No** options available.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">No

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">User interface

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Default installation command line

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td style="width: 196px;">-

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 180px;">Installation log

</td><td style="width: 264px;">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

- **None** (no logging available).
- **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).
- **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td style="width: 196px;">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to set the package metadata is available under the module table. The following screenshot indicates the default settings for the module table. To set or change the value choose the relevant field in the module and type the value in square brackets.

[![steps_settings_92.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/WlPkTGZSAWHRJy0C-steps_settings_92.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/WlPkTGZSAWHRJy0C-steps_settings_92.png)

Table 13. MSI installation settings (the **Vbs** tab)

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-8" style="width: 800px;" width="800"><tbody><tr><td width="176">**Setting**

</td><td width="256">**Details**

</td><td width="210">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script name

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the file name of the generated installation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .VBS file to install the package.

</td><td width="210">install.vbs

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script content

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for installing package.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /i " &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation script content with transforms

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for installing the package using the created **Transform** file.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /i " &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MsiName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " TRANSFORMS=" &amp; chr(34) &amp; "%~dp0\[MstName\]" &amp; chr(34) &amp; " /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Uninstall script name

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the file name of the generated uninstallation command line (msiexec command line).

This setting indicates a filename template for naming the .VBS file to uninstall the package.

</td><td width="210">uninstall.vbs

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Uninstall script content

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for uninstalling package.

</td><td width="210">set res = run("%windir%\\system32\\msiexec.exe /x \[ProductCode\] /qn", "0,3010", 0, true)

 wscript.quit(res.ReturnCode)

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">User interface

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates which parameter will be added to the msiexec command line.

The following options available:

- **No user interface** – the user interface does not show any wizard dialogue.
- **Basic user interface** – only a progress bar will be shown during the installation, with the possibility to cancel this process by the Cancel button.
- **Basic user interface with hidden “Cancel” button** – shows only progress bar without the ability to cancel the installation process.

</td><td width="210">No user interface

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Default installation command line

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the command line for the installation of the MSI with transform.

</td><td width="210">-

</td></tr><tr><td width="176">Installation log

</td><td width="256">This setting indicates the installation log mode. The following options available:

- **None** (no logging available).
- **Basic** (logging shows only errors appeared during installation/uninstallation).
- **Full** (logging shows all informational, warning, error messages during installation/uninstallation).

</td><td width="210">Full

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The tables 14 - 15 show the settings that are common for all install script types.

Table 14. Installation behavior settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-9" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="258">**Details**

</td><td width="192">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Installation context

</td><td width="258">This setting indicates the installation context mode.

The following options available:

- **Per-user** (an access to a program is granted only to a user from which a program was installed);
- **Per-machine** (the package installation is required to enable all computer users to access and use the application. A per-machine installation is based on ALLUSERS property value. The per-machine installation provides changes to the system that affects all users. Standard users with limited privileges will be restricted to install a package in the per-machine context. First obtaining permission is needed.
- **Per-user or per-machine** (If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER**; if this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is **HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE**. A per-machine installation is based on ALLUSERS property value.

</td><td width="192">Per-machine

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Destination drive

</td><td width="258">This setting indicates the drive where a package will be installed, set value for ROOTDRIVE property of MSI. The ROOTDRIVE property specifies the default drive for the destination directory of the installation. [Learn more](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa371372(v=vs.85).aspx).

The following options available:

- C:\\
- D:\\

</td><td width="192">C:\\

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Table 15. Reboot settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-10" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="258">**Details**

</td><td width="192">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Reboot after install

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on the REBOOT property value.

The REBOOT property suppresses certain prompts for a restart of the system.

The following options available:

- Never;
- Always;
- At the end of a chain.

</td><td width="192">Never

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Shut down any files in use

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on the MSIRMSHUTDOWN property value.

When the default value (**Yes**) is set, all system services and files that were shut down to install the update will be restarted.

The following options available:

- Yes;
- If they are registered for a restart;
- Only if they have all been registered.

</td><td width="192">YesThis setting is

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">If files are in use

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on MSIRESTARTMANAGERCONTROL property value.

This setting enables setup authors to specify whether the package will use the Restart Manager or FileInUse Dialog to handle locked files.

The following options available:

- Use Restart Manager;
- Use FilesInUse Dialog;
- Disable Shutdown.

</td><td width="192">Use restart manager

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Display of reboot prompts

</td><td width="258">This setting is based on REBOOTPROMPT property value.

This property does not initiate a reboot if one is not needed, it only suppresses any prompts for reboots to the user.

The following options available:

- Suppress;
- Do not set / Remove.

</td><td width="192">Suppress

</td></tr></tbody></table>

##### **ARP &amp; Properties**

The screenshot below shows the default values of **ARP &amp; Properties** settings.

[![steps-settings_93.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/scaled-1680-/TIGZnv3Cxq6ZRouE-steps-settings_93.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/TIGZnv3Cxq6ZRouE-steps-settings_93.PNG)

To exclude the **Show ARP**, **Manual repair from ARP**, or **Manual uninstall from ARP** options, uncheck the box next to the option name not required in packaging settings.

To include the **Manual feature modification from ARP** option to packaging settings, check the box next to the option name.

Table 16. Add-Remove Program settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-11" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="342">**Details**

</td><td width="102">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Show ARP

</td><td width="342">This option specifies the listing mode of the program in the ARP (Add-Remove Program) and is based on ARPSYSTEMCOMPONENT property value.

When the option is enabled, the program will be listed in the Add-Remove Program.

When the option is disabled, the program will be hidden in the Add-Remove Program list.

</td><td width="102">Enabled

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Manual repair from ARP

</td><td width="342">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Repair** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOREPAIR property value.

When the option is enabled, the **Repair** button is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled, the **Repair** button is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td width="102">Enabled

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Manual uninstall from ARP

</td><td width="342">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Uninstall** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOREMOVE property value.

When the option is enabled the **Uninstall** button, is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled the **Uninstall** button, is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td width="102">Enabled

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Manual feature modification from ARP

</td><td width="342">This option enables or disables the usage of the **Modify** button in the ARP for the package and is based on ARPNOMODIFY property value.

When the option is enabled, the **Modify** button is added to the ARP for the package.

When the option is disabled, the **Modify** button is removed from the ARP for the package.

</td><td width="102">Disabled

</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Additional properties**

The option to set the nonstandard properties that should be included to package is available under the **Additional properties** dropdown menu. This option covers the properties that will be added to the generated MSI or Transform. For example:

- COMPANY, USERNAME – properties, which contain company name and user’s name. They are used by some software to initialize the user’s information;
- ACCEPT\_EULA – properties, which mean that you agree with all license agreements.

[![steps_settings_94.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/scaled-1680-/Jv5qi9UvDYFa2Jjk-steps_settings_94.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-07/Jv5qi9UvDYFa2Jjk-steps_settings_94.png)

The option to create the additional setting is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Add the setting name in the **Setting** field &gt; Add the setting value in the **Value** field.

[![steps_settings_95.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ZrWk8A4QpIZwVg2u-steps_settings_95.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ZrWk8A4QpIZwVg2u-steps_settings_95.png)

The option to delete the additional setting is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

The option to enable the self-healing process on application shortcuts run is available under the **Advertised shortcuts** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

##### **Files &amp; Registry**

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Files&amp;Registry** settings.

[![steps_settings_96.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/9zZuGKB7UEvexXgz-steps_settings_96.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/9zZuGKB7UEvexXgz-steps_settings_96.png)

Table 17. Files &amp; Registry settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-details-defa-12" style="width: 800px;"><tbody><tr><td width="174">**Setting**

</td><td width="342">**Details**

</td><td width="102">**Default value**

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Cab archive name pattern

</td><td width="342">This setting indicates the filename template for naming **.CAB** files. Cab files contain files that will be installed by MSI package.

</td><td width="102">Data{0}.cab

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Max cab file size (in MB)

</td><td rowspan="2" width="342">These settings indicate the number of files that will be placed in a single cab file.

If the size of one cab file is bigger than the provided value, it will be divided to several cab files.

</td><td width="102">2048

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Max files count per cab

</td><td width="102">9999

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Use embedded cab

</td><td width="342">This setting sets the mode to use an embedded file.

When the **Use embedded cab** switch is enabled, a **.CAB** file will be implemented into **.MSI**.

When the **Use embedded cab** switch is disabled, a **.CAB** file will be outside the **.MSI** (external CAB). It is a compressed source (opposed to "Loose files" = uncompressed source).

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Parse ini files to the IniFile table

</td><td width="342">This option indicates the mode to parse ini files.

When the **Parse ini files to the IniFile table** switch is enabled, the ini files will be added via an IniFile table.

It is the best practice to add ini files via IniFile table because these files may contain hard-coded values which in this case can be replaced with MSI properties.

When the **Parse ini files to the IniFile table** switch is disabled, the ini files will be added via an File table.

</td><td width="102">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables

</td><td width="342">This setting allows to identify objects and to add them to the appropriate tables.

When the **Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables** switch is enabled, all COM objects will be mapped to MSI via special tables designed for these objects (ProgID, Classes, etc.). It is a better way of COM objects registration according to Microsoft's best practices and helps easily navigate and manage these objects through MSI.

When the **Map registry data to the appropriate COM tables** switch is disabled, all COM objects will be added to MSI via Registry table and installed as regular registry keys.

</td><td width="102">No

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Post process MSI filesystem &amp; components

</td><td width="342">This setting sets the File Table entries for the Language and Version fields. [Learn more](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/file-versioning-rules?redirectedfrom=MSDN).

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent

</td><td width="342">A system folder is used by other programs. If the package contains some System folder files, they can be removed from the system during uninstallation. So, it will affect other programs that use these files.

When the **Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent** switch is enabled, the files will be marked as permanent and won’t be removed after the package uninstalling.

When the **Mark components destined for the System folder as permanent** switch is disabled, the files will be deleted after the package uninstalling.

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr><tr><td width="174">Use Duplicate File table for user files installation

</td><td width="342">Some files (.DLL, .OCX, etc.) that are installed in the Common Files folder is used by other programs. If the package contains some of these files they can be removed from the system during uninstallation. So, this affects other programs that use these files.

When the **Use Duplicate File table for user files installation** switch is enabled, the files mark as shared. Every time when such files are installed in this folder, a counter is incremented. This counter shows how many programs use this file. When the package tries to remove this file, the counter is decremented. When this counter equals 0 this file removes from the system.

</td><td width="102">Yes

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to create the кщще keys is available under the block below: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

[![steps_settings_97.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/QKHUDuJ8GfBHd3Qu-steps_settings_97.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/QKHUDuJ8GfBHd3Qu-steps_settings_97.png)

The default value for the **Key** field is **Software\\\[Manufacturer\]\\\[ProductName\]\\\[ProductVersion\]**.

The default value for the **Name** field is **DummyKey**.

The default value for the **Value** field is **\[PackageCode\]**.

##### **Per User Data**

This section allows creating separate registry keys for Active Setup.

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Per User Data** settings.

[![steps_settings_98.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/wSGzA1d5cIjxZhYg-steps_settings_98.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/wSGzA1d5cIjxZhYg-steps_settings_98.png)

The option to create the separate registry keys for Active Setup is available under the **Active setup** switch. **Yes** and **No** options available. The default value is **Yes**.

When the **Active Setup** switch is enabled, the self-healing process on the user’s logon will be implemented. This option is useful when the program has extensions or when the self-healing process on the advertised shortcut does not work.

When the **Active Setup** switch is disabled, the self-healing process on the user’s logon will not be implemented.

The options to specify the component name for active setup keys and registry keys are available in this section.

[![steps_settings_99.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/SBsnqjXVFPTgJtZc-steps_settings_99.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/SBsnqjXVFPTgJtZc-steps_settings_99.png)

The default value for the **ActiveSetup component name** field is **ApptimizedActiveSetup**.

To insert the variable tag into the **ActiveSetup component name** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_100.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/bdFp255grFxlczCm-steps_settings_100.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/bdFp255grFxlczCm-steps_settings_100.png)

The option to create the registry keys is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

The option to delete the registry key is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

[![steps_settings_100_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/gLGTjbppnZJ2YyGc-steps_settings_100_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/gLGTjbppnZJ2YyGc-steps_settings_100_1.png)

##### **Branding**

This option enables a user to check all Apptimized packages installed on the user’s computer. If a user has installed applications to monitor, these branding keys assist a user.

These keys contain all information about packages (i.e., installed date, time, manufacturer, etc.).

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_101.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/dxqj4LVRUEDo4kPG-steps_settings_101.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/dxqj4LVRUEDo4kPG-steps_settings_101.png)

When the **Branding** switch is enabled, the branding keys will be included to package. This option a user can use when the program has extensions or when the self-healing process on the advertised shortcut does not work.

When the **Branding** switch is disabled, the output package will not contain any branding keys even if they are specified in the settings above.

The screenshot below shows the default values of **Branding** settings.

[![steps_settings_102.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/Hw14zPhghOsshihV-steps_settings_102.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/Hw14zPhghOsshihV-steps_settings_102.png)

The options to specify the component name for active setup keys and branding keys are available in this section.

[![steps_settings_103.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ZEJHhfW0m2SyM6DA-steps_settings_103.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ZEJHhfW0m2SyM6DA-steps_settings_103.png)

The default value for the **Branding component name** field is **ApptimizedBranding**.

To insert the variable tag into the **Branding component name** field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![steps_settings_104.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/kQH3DwkJbmh8G74i-steps_settings_104.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/kQH3DwkJbmh8G74i-steps_settings_104.png)

The option to create the branding keys is available under the **plus** symbol in the **Actions** column: Choose the root type &gt; Fill in the **Key** field &gt; Fill in the **Name** field &gt; Fill in the **Value** field.

The option to delete the branding key is available under the **bin** symbol in the **Actions** column.

[![steps_settings_105.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ZNwd2Nxdi8E3lW63-steps_settings_105.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ZNwd2Nxdi8E3lW63-steps_settings_105.png)

##### **Transformation**

This option is disabled by default.

[![steps_settings_106.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/1gYnANOudP0v1zCg-steps_settings_106.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/1gYnANOudP0v1zCg-steps_settings_106.png)

When the **Skip installation during transformation** switch is enabled, all changes which were implemented during installation will capture but the application will not be installed physically. Transformed will be provided based on the implemented changes.

When the **Skip installation during transformation** switch is disabled, all changes which were implemented during installation will capture the application will be installed physically on the system.

The option to download [JavaScript Object Notation](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/relational-databases/json/json-data-sql-server?view=sql-server-ver15) file is available under the **Download JSON** button.

[![steps_settings_34.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/BPUSw7rNeSJY2vJI-steps_settings_34.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/BPUSw7rNeSJY2vJI-steps_settings_34.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![steps_settings_40.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/JqAojPz25aGDxOVw-steps_settings_40.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/JqAojPz25aGDxOVw-steps_settings_40.png)

##### **Custom Actions**

This option is disabled by default.

[![cust_actions_new_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/uv249VX0HKmXC7Yt-cust_actions_new_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/uv249VX0HKmXC7Yt-cust_actions_new_1.png)

<span data-contrast="auto">When the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Custom Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch is enabled, the option to add additional Custom Actions becomes available. Additional Custom Actions will be added to the package under Factory Service automatically.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">When the </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Custom Actions </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">switch is disabled, there is no option to add additional Custom Actions to the package.</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following screen when the switch is enabled:</span>

<span data-contrast="auto">[![cust_actions_new_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/yE9QZvLUokIQHVLs-cust_actions_new_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/yE9QZvLUokIQHVLs-cust_actions_new_2.png)</span>

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description--0" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; height: 203px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">**Setting**</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">**Description**</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Action</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the name of Custom Action.</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Type</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the type of Custom Action. The following types available:

<span data-contrast="none">VBS Script:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">38 – Scheduling: Always;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">3110 – Execution Context: Deffered, No Impersonate;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">3174 – Return Processing: ContinueOnReturn, Execution Context: Deffered, No Impersonate;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">Property:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">51 – Set Property, Scheduling: Always.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Source</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the source property of the MSI package (i.e., ProductName).</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Target</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;"><span data-contrast="none">This field allows defining the execution parameter that depends on the basic type of custom action (i.e., Entry point).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> If Target is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Null</span>**<span data-contrast="none">, Custom Action must contain script code.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Condition</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;"><span class="TextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="ES-ES" xml:lang="ES-ES"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">This</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">field</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">allows</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">defining</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">the</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">condition</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">which</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">the</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Custom</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Action</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">will</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> be </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">executed</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> (</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">e.g</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">., </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">Not</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">installed</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW107717943 BCX8">).</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW107717943 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></td></tr><tr style="height: 29px;"><td style="width: 27.0474%; height: 29px;">Sequence</td><td style="width: 96.8865%; height: 29px;">This field allows defining the order in which the Custom Action will be performed. The sequence value must be more than 1500 and less than 6600.</td></tr></tbody></table>

The option to add an additional field for Custom Action is available under **plus** button.

[![cust_actions_new_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Uh7ZQVf6WtxOxPRq-cust_actions_new_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Uh7ZQVf6WtxOxPRq-cust_actions_new_3.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![cust_actions_new_4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/xB1TvWP6IrwVeE7R-cust_actions_new_4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/xB1TvWP6IrwVeE7R-cust_actions_new_4.png)

The option to delete the field for Custom Action is available under **bin** button:

[![cust_actions_new_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/hbBS5wRSmp4IFX2v-cust_actions_new_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/hbBS5wRSmp4IFX2v-cust_actions_new_5.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** There is no option to delete the initial Custom Action field.</p>

The option to apply settings is available under the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![cust_actions_new_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/Jq9HXWrAtjcZGJAs-cust_actions_new_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/Jq9HXWrAtjcZGJAs-cust_actions_new_6.png)

The option to download JavaScript Object Notation file is available under **Download JSON** button:

[![cust_actions_new_7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/viYThuU0FC3D5RMQ-cust_actions_new_7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/viYThuU0FC3D5RMQ-cust_actions_new_7.png)

THe option to reset settings is available under **Reset** button.

##### **Packaging Wrappers**

This section enables a user:

- to set the PSADT templates
- to manage the PSADT parameters (i.e., parameters, replace items, and ZIP templates).

The Packaging Wrappers section is available under **Project Settings** &gt; **Workflow** &gt; **Packaging – Self Service** &gt; **Packaging Wrappers**. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![wrap_sett_01.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/cPnwX7iNE6GVbb2h-wrap_sett_01.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/cPnwX7iNE6GVbb2h-wrap_sett_01.PNG)

##### Download default template

The option to download the package wrappers default template is available under the **Download default template** button. The following default templates available: **1.1.10.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.10.2 (App-V)**, **1.1.11.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.12.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.12.2 (App-V)**, **1.1.13.1 (MSI, Transform, Legacy)**, **1.1.13.2 (App-V)**.

**[![wrapp_sett_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/woEIGdc3ye8buONZ-wrapp_sett_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/woEIGdc3ye8buONZ-wrapp_sett_02.png)**

<p class="callout info">**Note.** After a user downloaded an archive with the default templates, it is recommended to examine the archive structure and files content. The list of placeholders to replace can be formed, or needed modifications to the archive can be provided as a result of the review.</p>

##### Create a new package wrapper template

The option to create a new package wrapper template is available under the **Create new** button.

**[![wrapp_sett_03_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/3R4BCVOpUMjMXSK4-wrapp_sett_03_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/3R4BCVOpUMjMXSK4-wrapp_sett_03_2.png)**

<p class="callout info">**Note. <span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">Based on</span></span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> field indicates the state of the wrapper created. The </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">**Empty** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">option creates wrapper without any </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW246880958 BCX8">predefined</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> settings. The </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">**Default Wrapper** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">option </span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">contains predefined parameters, replace items, and templates</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">. The options under the </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB">**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">Project</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8"> **Wrappers** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW246880958 BCX8">allow duplicating wrappers created previously on the project.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW246880958 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

<p class="callout info">**Note.** When the new package template is created, it is recommended to implement the following sequence of actions:  
1. Upload a ZIP archive with the wrapper template (see the [**Templates** **tab**](#bkmrk-templates-tab))  
2. Create a list of parameters (see the [**Parameters tab**](#h_48102001851599766225691))  
3. Create a list of replaced items (see the [**Replace items tab**](#bkmrk-replace-items-tab))</p>

##### Parameters tab

This tab enables a user to set the list of parameters to customize wrapper templates.

The option to create a new parameter is available under the **Add parameter** button.

[![wrap_sett_04_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/QKNF9YaLr4Xeunhe-wrap_sett_04_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/QKNF9YaLr4Xeunhe-wrap_sett_04_2.png)

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-nam-0" style="height: 827px; width: 812px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 75px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 75px; border-style: solid;">Name

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 75px; border-style: solid;">This field sets the name of the created parameter (e.g., **Software name**).

Parameter naming is a user preference.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 205px; border-style: solid;">Required

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; border-style: solid;">This field allows a user to specify the parameter as required.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">Description

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 32px; border-style: solid;">A user can provide here any meaningful description to simplify the parameter's identification.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 180px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 180px; border-style: solid;">Applicable for the package type

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 180px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this parameter will be applicable. The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 175px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 175px; border-style: solid;">Type

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 175px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the type of the created parameter. The following options available:

- String
- Select list
- Editable select list
- Multiple select list
- Boolean
- Date time
- MSI property
- TrimmedString

The default value is **String**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 163px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 163px; border-style: solid;">Value

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 163px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the static or dynamic generated name which a user can apply within the settings for replaced items.

The following actions available:

- The field can stay empty (Apptimized will apply the default value)
- A user can hardcode the value (e.g., **File Zilla 3.46 Eng**)
- A user can use the variables from the list below (e.g., **\[Manufacturer\]\[ProductName\]\[ProductVersion\]\[AppLanguage\]**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 117px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 117px; border-style: solid;">Values

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 117px; border-style: solid;">This field enables a user to create a predefined list of values (e.g., **Windows 10 32 bit**, **Windows 10 64 bit**, **Language (Eng)**, **Language (De)**, etc.).

This field is disabled by default. The field becomes active when the **Select list**, **Editable select list**, or **Multiple select list** parameter’s type is selected.

A user must provide at least one value.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 53px;"><td style="width: 205px; height: 53px; border-style: solid;">Order

</td><td style="width: 606.25px; height: 53px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the parameter’s position in the parameters list.

This field is required.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The parameter settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button. Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_05_5.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/6eM6ZE1cbNuRoCEc-wrap_sett_05_5.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/6eM6ZE1cbNuRoCEc-wrap_sett_05_5.PNG)

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![wrap_sett_04_3_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/scaled-1680-/CZezSCBGOl3sfGEG-wrap_sett_04_3_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-08/CZezSCBGOl3sfGEG-wrap_sett_04_3_2.png)

A parameter can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A parameter can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG) ). The parameter settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

##### Replace items tab

This tab enables a user to set the list of placeholders to replace in the provided file types or folder names a given parameter value.

The option to create a new replace element is available under the **Add replace item** button.

[![wrap_sett_06_5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/znJksye8iBTBg3tF-wrap_sett_06_5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/znJksye8iBTBg3tF-wrap_sett_06_5.png)

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-pla-0" style="width: 808px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Placeholder

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the variable to be replaced in template files or folders (e.g., **AppVendorShort**).

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Replaced by

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the static or dynamic generated name which a user can apply within the settings for replaced items.

The following actions available:

- A user can enter the value manually. The following templates must be implemented: for files - **$(ParameterName)**, and for folders **\[ParameterName\]**
- A user can use the variables from the list below the field.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Package types

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this replacement item will be applicable.

The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- Legacy
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">File extensions

</td><td style="width: 632.5px; border-style: solid;">This field indicates the extension of a file for which the replacement rules will be applied (e.g., **.PS1** or **.TXT**).

This field is required.

The option to add a file extension is available under the **plus** symbol.

The option to delete a file extension is available under the **bin** symbol.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The replaced item’s settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button. Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_06_7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/zTw92jyahjOvHAN1-wrap_sett_06_7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/zTw92jyahjOvHAN1-wrap_sett_06_7.png)

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

**[![wrap_sett_06_6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/hoC7G0X5mUAgB0FP-wrap_sett_06_6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/hoC7G0X5mUAgB0FP-wrap_sett_06_6.png)**

A replaced item can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A replaced item can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)). The replaced item’s settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

##### Templates tab

This tab enables a user to implement the default wrapping templates.

**[![wrap_sett_07.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/UYFUQE62uJmeOCDq-wrap_sett_07.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/UYFUQE62uJmeOCDq-wrap_sett_07.png)**

<table id="bkmrk-settings-details-fil-0" style="width: 811px; border-style: solid;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">**Settings**

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">File path

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This field enables a user to define the destination of the installation file or several installation files (e.g., **\[packagefoldername\]\\package**).

To define the file (s) path, a user needs to select a folder that will store the installation file or several installation files from the hierarchical folder structure on the left-hand side of the settings window.

[![wrap_sett_07_path.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/317anF1r6L5hMfGN-wrap_sett_07_path.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/317anF1r6L5hMfGN-wrap_sett_07_path.png)

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Version

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This field provides information about the wrapper’s version number (e.g., **1.1.1.1** or **1.1.05.1**).

The wrapper’s version number should be represented as a four-part string with the following format: **&lt;major version&gt;.&lt;minor version&gt;.&lt;build number&gt;.&lt;revision&gt;**

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Package types

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">This setting indicates the list of package types for which this template will be applicable.

The following options available:

- MSI
- Transform
- Legacy
- App-V
- MSIX
- VSL

The multiple-choice is available.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 175px; border-style: solid;">Description

</td><td style="width: 635px; border-style: solid;">A user can provide here any meaningful description to simplify the template's identification.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The templates settings are applied when clicking the **Create** button.

The option to revert to the package wrapper settings screen is available under the **Cancel** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![wrap_sett_08_4.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/gaw3X0HgqhMslNmv-wrap_sett_08_4.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/gaw3X0HgqhMslNmv-wrap_sett_08_4.PNG)

A template can be removed from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_10.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/Rn0AajuctiTxAyLT-wrap_sett_10.PNG)).

A template can be edited by clicking on the **pen** symbol (**Actions column** &gt; [![wrap_sett_09.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/scaled-1680-/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-09/60SupHFj5SINBMu1-wrap_sett_09.PNG)). The template’s settings updates are applied when clicking the **Update** button.

<p class="callout info">**Note.** If required to modify the current wrapper template or implement any changes, a user doesn't need to create a new packaging wrapper entry. A user can upload a new wrapper revision (**Template tab** &gt; **Add template** button).   
A wrapper version number update is needed.   
Apptimized Platform will automatically use the latest one when the wrapper template updated successfully.</p>

#### **Testing – Self Service**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Testing – Self Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![testing_selfservice_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/DyK7zms6zeHWDB12-testing_selfservice_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/DyK7zms6zeHWDB12-testing_selfservice_1.png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Testing – Self Service.**

The option to change a file name pattern is available under the **Document file name pattern** field. The default file name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].html.**

To insert the variable tag into the field, click the relevant variable tag from the dropdown list.

[![testing_selfservice_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/NOdvKb0QSMy8XVzl-testing_selfservice_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/NOdvKb0QSMy8XVzl-testing_selfservice_2.png)

The option to edit a testing case template is available under the **Edit testing document template** button.

[![steps_settings_15.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/JFLKtjz842DwdvjS-steps_settings_15.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/JFLKtjz842DwdvjS-steps_settings_15.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![steps_settings_16.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/hNt1o8PrKHenZiDd-steps_settings_16.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/hNt1o8PrKHenZiDd-steps_settings_16.png)

To return the document to the default state, click the **Restore testing document template** button.

To apply edits in a discovery case template, click the **Save** button.

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button. To revert the settings, click on the **Reset** button.

[![testing_selfservice_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/JKaghggTWkNdQMBw-testing_selfservice_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/JKaghggTWkNdQMBw-testing_selfservice_3.png)

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![steps_settings_22.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/jbdVHUv8yipb6c24-steps_settings_22.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/jbdVHUv8yipb6c24-steps_settings_22.png)

#### **Testing – Factory Service**

The screenshot below shows the default settings of the **Testing – Factory Service** module. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![steps_settings_23.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ZPdms1twgcmCk5SJ-steps_settings_23.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ZPdms1twgcmCk5SJ-steps_settings_23.png)

The option to change a module name is available under the **Module name** field. The default module name is **Testing – Factory Service.**

The option to set the person’s data who will receive notifications on factory requests in the project is available under “**Escalation contact's email address”** and **“Escalation contact's name”** fields.

[![steps_settings_24.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/e2EAH7WQBg0uIKvM-steps_settings_24.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/e2EAH7WQBg0uIKvM-steps_settings_24.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![steps_settings_25.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/xGnczHxKWkjU0TST-steps_settings_25.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/xGnczHxKWkjU0TST-steps_settings_25.png)

### **Echo settings**

The option to enable [Echo](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EaVj5lDKufM) is available under the **Echo** switch. The default value is **No**.

[![project_settings_09.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/6j9NZCPDtEnkQtFu-project_settings_09.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/6j9NZCPDtEnkQtFu-project_settings_09.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when Echo option is enabled:

[![project_settings_10.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/iUVkbf4WQxnMvZHV-project_settings_10.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/iUVkbf4WQxnMvZHV-project_settings_10.png)

The option to replay the recorded installation and configuration of the application from the initial version is available under the **Enable Echo assisted playback (interactive)** switch. The option is inactive by default.

The option to replay the record automatically against the selected Windows OS is available under the **Enable Echo automated playback (non-interactive)** switch. The option is inactive by default.

[![project_settings_11.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/HSbM5shBdPE2CLzE-project_settings_11.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/HSbM5shBdPE2CLzE-project_settings_11.png)

A playback mode enables a user to choose how to proceed with recorded test cases when the new platform (VM) is added. Three playback modes available:

- **Automated** – when a new platform (VM) is added, all possible test cases run;
- **Opt-In** – when a new platform (VM) is added, a user is notified by email to add it manually to the project;
- **Opt-Out** – when a new platform (VM) is added, a user is notified by email. A user has 48 hours to cancel prepared test cases or they run automatically.

The default value is **Automated**.

<p class="callout info">**Note.** <span class="TextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8">The </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8">**Playback Echo scenario from** field </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8">is required. </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257660759 BCX8">Apptimized</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257660759 BCX8"> Portal shows the following error screen:</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW257660759 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">  
[![echo_error_message.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/scaled-1680-/VgCSsluSP0L9J8Oc-echo_error_message.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-07/VgCSsluSP0L9J8Oc-echo_error_message.png)</span></p>

Keyword search mode available:

[![project_settings_12.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/9nX93ApZ5LdcPnvb-project_settings_12.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/9nX93ApZ5LdcPnvb-project_settings_12.png)

To choose an Echo platform, a user can drag and drop a suitable platform from the **Available Echo platform / Available non-public Echo platforms** container to the **Project Echo platforms / Project non-public Echo platforms** container.

[![project_settings_13.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/mN3yLQwEoQP0JGr4-project_settings_13.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/mN3yLQwEoQP0JGr4-project_settings_13.png)

The option to change a file name pattern is available under the **Document file name pattern** field. The default file name pattern is **\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\].html.**

**[![project_settings_14.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/DSPd5Mt2vs8BygKy-project_settings_14.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/DSPd5Mt2vs8BygKy-project_settings_14.png)**

The option to edit a test case template is available under the **Edit test case template** button.

[![project_settings_15.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/VjP7EYWnixHDYRqm-project_settings_15.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/VjP7EYWnixHDYRqm-project_settings_15.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![project_settings_16.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/9RgS7wSK9viYNY19-project_settings_16.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/9RgS7wSK9viYNY19-project_settings_16.png)

To apply edits in a test case template, click the **Save** button.

To apply the Echo settings, click the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![project_settings_16_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/RFPFWqbOk24V3ivc-project_settings_16_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/RFPFWqbOk24V3ivc-project_settings_16_1.png)

### **Integration settings**

#### **Intune**

##### **Create environment**

**<span data-contrast="none">Your Project → Administration → Settings → Integration → Intune → Environments → Create environment</span>**

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-6q1botri.png)</span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"><span data-contrast="none">Put a name for your environment on the Apptimized Portal and press "**Create**".</span><span data-ccp-props="{}"> </span></span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-ycnjovl3.png)</span>

<p class="callout success">**<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">Then you will faced massage about that your environment was created. </span>**</p>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A green rectangle with black textDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-hoajdwpo.png)</span>

[![main.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/scaled-1680-/main.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/main.PNG)<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"></span>

##### **Connect environment**

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After creating your project on the Apptimized Portal you have two options for integrating your Intune environment.</span>

- <span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">**Apptimized** – use Apptimized provided App Registration</span>
- **Custom** – use own App Registration connection

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A green and white rectangle with black textDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-tkeylotb.png)</span>

##### **Apptimized connection**

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">In the “**Application registration type for connection**” you can choose:</span>

- Connection with Application permissions
- Connection only with Delegated permissions

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"><span data-contrast="none">In this step, please select the desired Azure App Registration from the dropdown menu. Once selected, this action will automatically create an Enterprise Application (App Registration) in your Azure tenant. This application will integrate with your Azure services securely, and you can manage its settings and permissions within your tenant.</span><span data-ccp-props="{}"> </span></span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"></span>

[![two.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/scaled-1680-/two.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/two.PNG)<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"></span>

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">Then press “**Create connection**” button:</span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"></span>

[![Connection button.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/scaled-1680-/connection-button.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/connection-button.PNG)<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"></span>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"> </span><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">In case if you have enough permissions for this operation (Global Admin role) you will faced the next window:</span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a applicationAI-generated content may be incorrect.](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-0rqjvlj6.png)</span></p>

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After pressing “Accept” connection with your environment will be created and it will back you to the your created </span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computer

AI-generated content may be incorrect.](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-pnuq0swp.png)</span>

<p class="callout success"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"> </span><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">If all went well you would face the status - “**Connected**”</span></p>

<p class="callout success"><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-qcgfakwt.png)</span></p>

<p class="callout danger"><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">And if something went wrong – “**Error**”</span></p>

<p class="callout danger"><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-1et2ezgn.png)</span></p>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">In this case please press:  
**“Test connection”** button: It will update information aboud status of your Intune connection</span>

<p class="callout warning">**<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">If status don’t change, please contact support.</span>**</p>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">Also here you can see:</span>

- **<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">Connection Mode</span>**<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">: Apptimized or Custom</span>
- **<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">Connected By</span>**<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">: User who made autorization</span>
- **<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">Connected At</span>**<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">: Time when authorization was done</span>

<p class="callout info"><span data-contrast="none"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">In case if you do not have enough permissions, but your Enterprise application settings allow you request it, </span><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes;"> </span>you will face the next window.</span></span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-no-proof: yes;">![](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-9a3kusri.png)</span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"> </span><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After pressing “**Request approval**” email will be sent to your Admin and you will see next window.</span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span lang="RU" style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-ansi-language: RU; mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computer errorAI-generated content may be incorrect.](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-obotpnzp.png)</span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After pressing "**Back to app**” you will back to the Intune Environment page.  
  
</span><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">[![Intune Environment page.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/scaled-1680-/VeEintune-environment-page.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/VeEintune-environment-page.PNG)</span><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">   
In this case, the status will be “Not finished”.  
  
[![image.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/scaled-1680-/image.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/image.png)  
  
Also, you will face the next warning (it's ok).  
  
[![image.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/scaled-1680-/g5wimage.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/g5wimage.png)  
  
And now you need to wait approval from your Admin by Email message.</span></p>

> <span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">Email Example:</span>
> 
> [![Group 1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-1.png)
> 
> <span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">  
> </span>

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After Admin approval you will get the next message on your Email.</span>

> <span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">Example:</span>
> 
> <span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes;"> </span></span><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a application formDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-8cnhly5u.png)</span>

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">After that you need to go to the Intune Environment setting page of your created environment and press “**Update connection**” button.</span>

[![Group 8.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/scaled-1680-/group-8.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/group-8.png)

If the request is approved, the status will change to “Connected”, and the environment will be ready for work.

[![Group 9.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/scaled-1680-/group-9.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-09/group-9.png)

If you get the window with the approval request, it means that your request has not been approved yet or denied.

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">In case if you do not have enough permissions and can not request it you will faced the next window:</span></p>

<p class="callout info"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computer applicationAI-generated content may be incorrect.](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-tzertz5m.png)</span></p>

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"> </span><span style="font-family: 'Times New Roman', serif; font-size: 12pt;">In this case you can create this type of connection only with Global Administrator permission.</span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A pink sign with black textDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-dfbbqpml.png)</span>

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A pink rectangle with black textDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-ta9tbiep.png)</span>

**<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;">Setting that allow you to request Admin consent:</span>**

<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif;"> </span><span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">![A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-03/embedded-image-eructnwd.png)</span>

---


##### **Custom connection**

The application registration is carried out in the Microsoft Azure portal via administrative credentials. A user can choose one of the following types of accounts:

A tenant admin account;

- A tenant user account (with the enabled **“Users can register applications”** setting).

The option to open an application registration page is available under:

- **Microsoft Azure** portal &gt; **Azure services** &gt; **App registrations**;

[![intune_01.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/scaled-1680-/ql2t7GeHU7oa1KFn-intune_01.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/ql2t7GeHU7oa1KFn-intune_01.png)

- **Microsoft Azure** portal &gt; Search &gt; Enter a search request (i.e., “App registrations”) &gt; Select the service in the list &gt; **App registrations**;

[![intune_02_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/q7ncDCyqN1eH0oih-intune_02_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/q7ncDCyqN1eH0oih-intune_02_02.png)

- **Microsoft Azure** portal &gt; Menu &gt; All services &gt; Enter a search request (i.e., “App registrations”) &gt; Select the service in the list &gt; **App registrations**.

[![intune_03_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/yC2QnvLLANcWCJZq-intune_03_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/yC2QnvLLANcWCJZq-intune_03_03.png)

**Microsoft Azure** portal shows the screen when successful:

[![Group 2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-2.png)

The option to create a new application registration is available under the **New registration** option.

[![intune_05.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/scaled-1680-/lcgEArRMyPn4ljJz-intune_05.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/lcgEArRMyPn4ljJz-intune_05.png)

Microsoft Azure portal shows the Create window when successful:

[![intune_06_01.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/BK5Q9Jma32fJJnFN-intune_06_01.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/BK5Q9Jma32fJJnFN-intune_06_01.png)

To create a new application registration, a user fills in the fields in the form (see Table 1 and the [Microsoft Azure manual](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app)).

Table 1. A new application registration

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-field-name-details-n" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; height: 124px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 27px;"><td style="width: 26.2963%; height: 27px;">**Field name** </td><td style="width: 73.7037%; height: 27px;">**Details**</td></tr><tr style="height: 43px;"><td style="width: 26.2963%; height: 43px;">Name</td><td style="width: 73.7037%; text-align: justify; height: 43px;">This field sets a meaningful application name to display to users (i.e., **Apptimized Intune Test**)</td></tr><tr style="height: 27px;"><td style="width: 26.2963%; height: 27px;">Supported accounts</td><td style="width: 73.7037%; height: 27px;">This option identifies types of accounts that can use the application.  
Three options available:

- Accounts in this organizational directory only;
- Accounts in any organizational directory;
- Accounts in any organizational directory and personal Microsoft accounts;
- Personal Microsoft account only.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 27px;"><td style="width: 26.2963%; height: 27px;">Redirect URI</td><td style="width: 73.7037%; height: 27px;">This setting is optional, and the values can be provided later.

[![intune_07.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/scaled-1680-/dEYiRGrv0j8eCFmJ-intune_07.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-05/dEYiRGrv0j8eCFmJ-intune_07.png)

</td></tr></tbody></table>

When clicking on the **Register** button, **Microsoft Azure** portal shows the following screen:

[![Group 3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-3.png)

When the application is successfully registered, a user needs to make a series of settings steps, namely:

- To add a redirect URIs;
- To add new client secret string;
- To grant permissions to the application to call API.

Next, each setting block is shown in more detail.

The option to add redirect URIs to the application is available under the **All services** &gt; **App registrations** &gt; Select the application in the list &gt; **Manage** menu &gt; **Authentication** &gt; Platform configurations &gt; Add a platform&gt; Web &gt; Redirect URLs &gt; Fill in new URI &gt; **Configure** button.

<span class="TextRun SCXW230298063 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW230298063 BCX8">The following URL is required to be added: </span></span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW230298063 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW230298063 BCX8">https://app.apptimized.com/Account/AuthCode</span></span>**

[![intune_09_02-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/lFojk8DEexa61qgn-intune_09_02-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/lFojk8DEexa61qgn-intune_09_02-(1).png)

The option to add new client secret string is available under the **All services** &gt; **App registrations** &gt; Select the application in the list &gt; **Manage** menu &gt; **Certificates &amp; secrets** &gt; Client secrets &gt; **New client secret** button &gt; Fill in the **description** &gt; Set the **expiry** mode &gt; **Add** button.

[![intune_10_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/yZe6C4UdTst5rUZD-intune_10_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/yZe6C4UdTst5rUZD-intune_10_02.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** When clicking on the **Add** button, the client secret value appears (i.e., **~\_fd-Y49~haNZ~g8RbDz9yQCF4KQ\_\_1j49**). A user must copy the value to the clipboard to use it in the client’s application code. It becomes inaccessible once a user leaves this page. The **Client secret** value correlates with the **Client secret** field when integrating **Intune** into the **Apptimized** portal.</p>

[![intune_11_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/scaled-1680-/ksgCXV9lGzvrlvxw-intune_11_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-08/ksgCXV9lGzvrlvxw-intune_11_02.png)

The option to [configure permissions](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/v2-permissions-and-consent) to the application to call API is available under **All services** &gt; **App registrations** &gt; Select the application in the list &gt; **Manage** menu &gt; **API permissions** &gt; Add a permission &gt; **Microsoft Graph**.

[![Group 4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-4.png)

  
  
**Microsoft Azure** portal shows the following screen when successful:

[![Group 5.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-5.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-5.png)

The option to set the types of permissions to the application is available under the **Delegated permissions** button &gt; Select the permissions from the list &gt; **Add permissions** button. The screenshot below shows the list of enabled permissions:

[![IntunePermissions1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/scaled-1680-/intunepermissions1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/intunepermissions1.png)

Some delegated permissions can be consented by non-administrative users, but some higher-privileged permissions require administrator consent. The option to grant permissions is available under the **Grant admin consent for \[company name\]** button.

[![Intune_51_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-11/scaled-1680-/7x9tcR8L6ovBVp9e-Intune_51_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2022-11/7x9tcR8L6ovBVp9e-Intune_51_1.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** <span class="TextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781">If the application runs as a background service or daemon without a signed-in user, the required option is </span></span>**<span class="TextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781">Application permissions</span></span>**<span class="TextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun  BCX8 SCXW187489781">. <span data-contrast="none">The </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Applications permissions</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> are the permissions that are used by applications that run without a signed-in user present. </span>Using Application permissions enables Apptimized users to push packages to Intune without requiring an own Intune access or even an AAD account in the target Azure directory. By configuring the use of application permissions, the API will be authorized to push packages to Intune without requiring an authenticated AAD Intune user with adequate permissions to provide this authorization.  
  
[![IntuneAppPermisions.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/scaled-1680-/intuneapppermisions.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/intuneapppermisions.png)  
The **DeviceManagementApps** permissions in **Applications permissions** are identical to **Delegated permissions** group.  
[![PermissionsIntune.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/scaled-1680-/permissionsintune.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-03/permissionsintune.png)</span></span></p>

##### <span data-teams="true">**Assignment template**</span>

<span data-teams="true">After connecting Intune environment, "Create assignment template" is available.</span>

[![Group 7.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-7.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-7.png)

<span data-teams="true">Configurating template window</span>

[![Group 7 2.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-7-2.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-7-2.PNG)

<span data-teams="true">List with created templates</span>

[![Group 6.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/group-6.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/group-6.png)

##### <span data-teams="true">**Intune template**</span>

<span data-teams="true">Creating</span>

[![Main.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/VXOmain.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/VXOmain.PNG)

Configuration menu

[![Create.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/create.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/create.PNG)

<span data-teams="true">List with created templates</span>

[![Created.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/scaled-1680-/5C8created.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2025-08/5C8created.PNG)

#### **ServiceNow**

The option is disabled by default.

[![project_settings_32.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/ImU73vSD6dEqZxoo-project_settings_32.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/ImU73vSD6dEqZxoo-project_settings_32.png)

ServiceNow becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

[![project_settings_32_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/OpXQT5V5ZY1EiN2G-project_settings_32_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/OpXQT5V5ZY1EiN2G-project_settings_32_1.png)

The option to check the connection status with ServiceNow is available under the **Check ServiceNow Connection** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![project_settings_36_3.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/FsWPxLYqrCowobrc-project_settings_36_3.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/FsWPxLYqrCowobrc-project_settings_36_3.PNG)

To synchronize ServiceNow data with Apptimized, a user must map ServiceNow table fields with Apptimized table fields.

To add additional fields to the list, click on the **plus** symbol. [![project_settings_33.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/v94o2KinWQlilqxW-project_settings_33.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/v94o2KinWQlilqxW-project_settings_33.png)

An additional field can be excluded from the list by clicking on the **bin** symbol.

[![project_settings_34.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/sHY8GjpWWKuV6IyR-project_settings_34.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/sHY8GjpWWKuV6IyR-project_settings_34.png)

The **Original column names** fields fill in with the ServiceNow system name of this value (i.e., **u\_app\_id**).

[![project_settings_35.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/SKK7AxXXscSZdKMw-project_settings_35.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/SKK7AxXXscSZdKMw-project_settings_35.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

[![project_settings_36.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/FCegReySfDWA0ksi-project_settings_36.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/FCegReySfDWA0ksi-project_settings_36.png)

Apptimized shows the following notifications when successful:

[![project_settings_36_2.PNG](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/OGBYJOtpX49Nb70o-project_settings_36_2.PNG)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/OGBYJOtpX49Nb70o-project_settings_36_2.PNG)

[![project_settings_36_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/eG94BfVqCSBN2Xcr-project_settings_36_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/eG94BfVqCSBN2Xcr-project_settings_36_1.png)

#### **SCCM**

The option is disabled by default.

[![image-1612445003086.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-02/scaled-1680-/9a5UZp7bJ0ZKDzz3-image-1612445003086.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-02/9a5UZp7bJ0ZKDzz3-image-1612445003086.png)

SCCM option becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

##### General settings

The one-time configuration is available for project administrators under **Settings** in the project menu &gt; **Integration** section &gt; **SCCM** &gt; **General**.

[![SCCM1m.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/scaled-1680-/sccm1m.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/sccm1m.png)

SCCM Connector becomes active when switched on and once the required settings are completed.

[![SCCM2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/scaled-1680-/sccm2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/sccm2.png)

##### SCCM Connector Initial Configuration

A user must follow the next steps to complete the initial configuration of the SCCM Connector:

**1. Setting Environment Details**

- **Environment Name**: Enter a unique name to identify this SCCM environment.
- **Site Code**: Specify the SCCM site code for the environment.

**2. Configuring Proxy Settings (if required)**

- **Using Default Windows Proxy Server**: Select **Yes** to use the default Windows proxy server. If **No** is selected, a **Proxy Address** field will appear, where you can manually enter the address of your proxy server.
- **Using Default Windows Credentials**: Select **Yes** to use default Windows credentials for authentication. If **No** is selected, **Username** and **Password** fields will appear, which must be populated with the credentials for proxy access.

**3. Updating Settings**

- **<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Installation Type: Automatic </span>**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">(updates will install automatically when available) or **Manual** (updates require manual installation).</span>
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">**Update Types**: **All Updates** (the connector will check for all available updates) or **Critical Only** (only critical updates will be checked and applied).</span>

**4. Sending News and Updates To**

- **<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Notification Recipient</span><span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">: </span>**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Select a user from your project team who will receive email notifications for connector updates and API key expiration reminders.</span>

[![image 155.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/scaled-1680-/image-155.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-11/image-155.png)

Table 18. General Settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-settings-details-env" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; height: 325.85px;"><colgroup><col style="width: 20.6327%;"></col><col style="width: 79.258%;"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">**Settings**</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;">**Details**</td></tr><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">Environment name

</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;">A unique name to identify this environment at Apptimized Portal.</td></tr><tr style="height: 69.0667px;"><td style="height: 69.0667px;">Site code</td><td style="height: 69.0667px;">Site codes and site names identify sites in a Configuration Manager hierarchy.

Configuration Manager Setup prompts for a site code and site name for the central administration site, and secondary site installation.<span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"> [Learn more.](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/mem/configmgr/core/servers/deploy/install/prepare-to-install-sites)</span>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 120.517px;"><td style="height: 120.517px;">Automatic updates</td><td style="height: 120.517px;">Indicates how a user would like Apptimized SCCM Connector application updates to be applied.

The following types are:

- **Automatic**: updates will install automatically when available.
- **Manual**: updates require manual installation from Apptimized portal or directly on a target machine.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 46.6667px;"><td style="height: 46.6667px;">When checking for updates, check for</td><td style="height: 46.6667px;">Selecting the types for updates to check for.

The following types are:

- **All updates:** the connector will check for all available updates and automatically install them if **Automatic updates** are enabled.
- **Critical only:** only critical updates will be checked and applied. Minor updates will be ignored for automatic installation.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">Send news and updates to</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;">Allows selecting a user from a project team who will receive email notifications for new connector update releases API key expiration reminders. </td></tr></tbody></table>

If the endpoint connects to the internet via the proxy server, the user should configure the connection by turning on **Enable proxy** and selecting **Use default windows credentials** or providing credentials in **Username** and **Password fields**.


[![EnableProxySCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/enableproxysccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/enableproxysccm.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** SCCM connector can’t use Windows default proxy settings. A user enters manually the proxy settings (which are configured on a machine) into the Apptimized portal.</p>

#### Generating SCCM API Key and Installing Apptimized SCCM Connector

##### Generating SCCM API Key

A user should go to the **<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">General</span>**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;"> section in the portal and select **Generate SCCM API Key**.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">A modal window titled **Generate a New SCCM API Key** will appear.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![ModalWinowSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/modalwinowsccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/modalwinowsccm.png)</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">The user has to set the **Expiration date** using the calendar to specify how long the connector will be authorized to operate with this key.</span>

The user clicks **Generate** to create the API key. This key will be automatically applied to the connector installer.

[![NewKeySCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/newkeysccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/newkeysccm.png)

The modal can now be closed by clicking **Cancel**, or a .reg file containing the key can be downloaded to apply it to an existing SCCM Connector installation.

[![DownloadocancelSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/downloadocancelsccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/downloadocancelsccm.png)

When the key is generated successfully, the expiration date appears below the **Generate SCCM API Key** button. Additionally, a green key icon displays in the **SCCM Connector Status** bar, confirming the key is active.

[![GeneratedSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/generatedsccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/generatedsccm.png)

[![GreenKeyButton.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/greenkeybutton.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/greenkeybutton.png)

##### API Key Expiration Status Indicators

To ensure seamless operation, the system provides visual indicators for the status of your API key. These indicators help you track the expiration of your API key and take timely action.

The **Save** button can now be pressed to proceed with the **Connector installation**, or the Application or **Package template configuration** can be accessed.

**Green Status**:

[![Green_status.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/green-status.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/green-status.png)

- The API key is active and valid.
- No action is required.

**Yellow Status**:

[![yellow_status.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/yellow-status.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/yellow-status.png)

- The API key is nearing expiration, with 7 days or fewer remaining.
- A notification email will be sent to the registered email address, alerting user to renew the key.

**Red Status**:

[![red_status.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/red-status.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/red-status.png)

- The API key has expired.
- The system will cease to function with the expired key, and an additional email notification will be sent to inform user about the expiration.

##### API Key Expiration Display

**[![Apikey_expiration_display.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/apikey-expiration-display.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/apikey-expiration-display.png)**

To provide users with clear visibility into the validity of their API key, the expiration date and time are displayed directly under the **Generate SCCM API Key** button.

**Email Notifications for API Key Expiration**

To help users manage API key validity, the system automatically sends email notifications at critical points:

1. **One Week Before Expiration**:
- An email will be sent when the API key enters the yellow status (7 days before expiration).
- The email will include the expiration date and instructions for renewing the key.

3. **Upon Expiration**:
- An email will be sent immediately after the API key enters the red status (expired).
- The email will inform user the key is no longer valid and provide a link or instructions for generating a new key.


#### Downloading and Installing Apptimized SCCM Connector

A user downloads Apptimized **SCCM Connector installer** from the **portal**.

[![DownloadSCCMConnectorInstaller.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/downloadsccmconnectorinstaller.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/downloadsccmconnectorinstaller.png)

The user runs the installer on a machine with an access to his SCCM environment.

<p class="callout info">**Note**. The user has to ensure this machine has network permissions and connectivity to SCCM for seamless operation.</p>

During installation, the connector will automatically apply the generated API key, or the user can use the **.reg file** to manually update an existing installation.

##### SCCM Connector Application Installation

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">To install the **SCCM Connector application**, a user follows the next steps:</span>

**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Downloading the exact installation files</span>**

- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Downloading the **ZIP archive** containing the SCCM Connector installation files from the portal.</span><span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![ZipArchive.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/ziparchive.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/ziparchive.png)</span>
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Extracting the contents of the archive to a location on a machine with access to the **Configuration Manager** console.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![ConfigManagerC.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/configmanagerc.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/configmanagerc.png)</span>

**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Running the Setup Wizard</span>**

- Locating the install.cmd file within the extracted folder.
- Right-clicking on install.cmd and select **Run as Administrator** to open the SCCM Connector Setup Wizard with the required administrative privileges.
- Clicking **Next** to proceed in the **Setup Wizard**.

[![SetupWizard.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/setupwizard.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/setupwizard.png)

**Selecting the Installation Type**

A user chooses one of the following installation options based on his requirements<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">:</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![Picture9SCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/picture9sccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/picture9sccm.png)</span>

**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">If selecting Install as a Service:</span>**

- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">The connector will be installed as a Windows service, allowing it running in the background even in case no user is signed in.</span>
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">On the next screen the user enters an **Active Directory Account Name** and **Password**. These credentials are needed to run and install the service.</span>
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">The user has to ensure the account has the necessary permissions to communicate with the SCCM server.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![CredentialsSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/credentialssccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/credentialssccm.png)</span>

**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">If selecting Install as an Application:</span>**

- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">The connector will be installed as a standard, which requires the user to be signed in to operate.</span>
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">No additional Active Directory permissions are required, and the user can proceed directly to the installation.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![InstallingSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/installingsccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/installingsccm.png)</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Table 19. Types of Installation</span>

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-installing-as-a-serv" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%; height: 119.467px;"><colgroup><col style="width: 16.569%;"></col><col style="width: 39.8133%;"></col><col style="width: 43.6277%;"></col></colgroup><tbody><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">  
</td><td class="align-center" style="height: 29.8667px;">**Installing as a Service**</td><td class="align-center" style="height: 29.8667px;">**Installing as an Application**</td></tr><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">**Description**</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Installs the SCCM Connector as a Windows service, allowing it to run in the background, even without a signed-in user.</span>

</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Installs the SCCM Connector as a standard application, which requires a signed-in user to operate.</span></td></tr><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">**Requirements**</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Requires an Active Directory (AD) user login and password, as the service will use this account’s permissions.</span>

</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">No additional Active Directory permissions needed.</span></td></tr><tr style="height: 29.8667px;"><td style="height: 29.8667px;">**Benefits**</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Ideal for continuous operation, such as on servers or unattended systems where minimal user interaction is desired.</span>

</td><td style="height: 29.8667px;"><span style="font-size: 12.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Times New Roman',serif; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-font-kerning: 0pt; mso-ligatures: none; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Suitable for personal or single-user environments where continuous background operation is unnecessary.</span></td></tr></tbody></table>

**Completing Installation**

- After completing the steps above, the user clicks **Install** to proceed with the setup.
- Once it's installed, the user has to verify that the SCCM Connector is operational and configured correctly.

[![Completed Installation.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/completed-installation.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/completed-installation.png)

##### Setting Up a New AD User with SCCM Permissions for SCCM Connector Service Installation

To install the SCCM Connector as a service and configure it with a new AD user account with the necessary SCCM permissions, a user follows these steps:

**<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Step 1: Creating a New Active Directory User</span>**

1. Opening **Active Directory Users and Computers** on a domain controller.
2. Navigating to the Organizational Unit (OU) where the user needs to be created.
3. Right-clicking on the OU, selecting **New** &gt; **User**.
4. In the **New User Wizard**:
- Entering the **Full Name** and **User Logon Name** (e.g., *connector*).
- Clicking **Next**.
- Entering and confirming a **Password** for the new account. Setting password options according to user's organization policy.

6. Clicking **Next** and **Finish** to create the new user.

[![NewUserStep1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/newuserstep1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/newuserstep1.png)

**Step 2: Adding User to a Group with SCCM Access Permissions**

1. In **Active Directory Users and Computers**, locating and right-clicking the new user, then selecting **Properties**.
2. Going to the **Member Of** tab and clicking **Add**.
3. In the **Enter the object names to select** field, typing the name of the AD group that has **SCCM Console access** (e.g., SCCM Admins or a custom group with SCCM permissions).
4. Clicking **OK** to add the user to this group, then clicking **Apply** and **OK** to save the changes.

**Step 3: Granting the User "Log on as a Service" Permission**

1. Opening the **Local Security Policy** editor on the server where SCCM Connector will run:
- Going to **Start** &gt; **Run**, type secpol.msc, and pressing **Enter**.

3. In the **Local Security Policy** console, expanding **Local Policies** and selecting **User Rights Assignment**.
4. Locating **Log on as a service** in the right pane and double-clicking it.
5. Clicking **Add User or Group…**, entering the name of the new user (e.g., *connector*), and clicking **OK**.
6. Clicking **Apply** and **OK** to save.

[![SCCMConnectorProperties.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/sccmconnectorproperties.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/sccmconnectorproperties.png)

[![SCCMConnectorProperties2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/sccmconnectorproperties2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/sccmconnectorproperties2.png)

**Step 4: Adding the User to SCCM Administrative Users**

1. Opening the **Configuration Manager Console**.
2. Navigating to **Administration** &gt; **Security** &gt; **Administrative Users**.
3. Clicking **Add User or Group** in the right pane.
4. In the **Add Administrative User** dialog: 
    - Clicking **Browse** and selecting the AD user created (e.g., sccm\_connector\_user).
    - Assigning the **Application Administrator** or **Full Administrator** role, depending on the level of access needed.
    - Optionally, specifying which collections the user can manage.
5. Clicking **OK** to add the user, closing the **Administrative Users** dialog.

[![Addinguserorgroup.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/addinguserorgroup.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/addinguserorgroup.png)

**Step 5: Confirming Permissions and Testing Access**

1. Logging in to the system with SCCM access using the new AD user’s credentials or running **SCCM Console** from new user.
2. Launching the **SCCM Console** to confirm that the user has access to SCCM functions.
3. Proceeding with SCCM Connector installation using the **Install as a Service** option and input the new AD user credentials when prompted.

[![Confirmingpermissions.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/confirmingpermissions.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/confirmingpermissions.png)

[![Runasadifferentuser.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/runasadifferentuser.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/runasadifferentuser.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note**. A user has to ensure that the AD account’s password doesn’t expire (if your policy allows) or consider a service account to prevent service interruptions.</p>

##### Verifying Service Runs Under the Correct User After SCCM Connector Installation

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">After installing the SCCM Connector as a service, a user should confirm the service is running under the newly created Active Directory (AD) user by following these steps:</span>

**Step 1: Verifying the SCCM Connector Service in Services**

1. **Opening the Services Management Console**: 
    - On the server where the SCCM Connector was installed, the user presses **Windows + R**, typing services.msc, and pressing **Enter**.
2. **Locating the SCCM Connector Service**: 
    - Finding the service named **Apptimized SCCM Connector** (or a similar name depending on the installation).

[![SCCMConnectorProperties3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/sccmconnectorproperties3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/sccmconnectorproperties3.png)

 3. **Checking the Log On Account**

- Right-clicking on the **Apptimized SCCM Connector** service and selecting **Properties**.
- Going to the **Log On** tab.
- Ensuring **This account** is selected and that the **Account Name** and **Password** correspond to the newly created AD user (e.g., sccm\_connector\_user).
- If the details do not match, updating the account information and click **OK**.

[![CheckingLogOnAcc.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/checkinglogonacc.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/checkinglogonacc.png)

**Step 2: Confirming Service is Running Under the Correct User**

1. **Verifying the Service is Running**:
- In the **Services** window, checking the **Status** column to ensure the **Apptimized SCCM Connector** service is listed as **Running**.

3. **Checking Event Viewer for Errors**:
- Pressing **Windows + R**, type eventvwr.msc, and pressing **Enter** to open the **Event Viewer**.
- Navigating to **Windows Logs** &gt; **Application**.
- Looking for events related to the **Apptimized SCCM Connector** service. Specifically, looking for **error messages** or **warnings** that might indicate issues with permissions or the service account.

5. **Testing SCCM Connectivity**:

- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;"><span data-teams="true">Opening the **SCCM Environment Settings** at Apptimized portal and verifying the connector can communicate with the SCCM server</span> (e.g., Connector status in Sccm Connector Status Bar should be **<span style="color: #196b24; mso-themecolor: accent3;">Connected</span>**).</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![AccountConnectedSCCM.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/accountconnectedsccm.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/accountconnectedsccm.png)</span>

- If the connector fails to perform actions, confirming that the user account has the necessary SCCM permissions and the **Log On as a Service** rights are correctly applied.

**Step 3: Troubleshooting Common Issues**

**If the service doesn't start:**

- Double-checking the AD user has the **Log on as a service** permission.
- Ensuring the password for the user account is correct and not expired.
- Checking the permissions on the **SCCM Connector** folder and files to ensure the service account has appropriate access.

**If the service starts, but it doesn't communicate with SCCM:**

- Confirming the user account is a member of the correct **SCCM administrative group** (e.g., **SCCM Admins** or **Application Administrator**).
- Ensuring the user has the correct permissions to access the necessary **SCCM collections**.

### Application Template

This section allows you to configure key settings for application deployment in SCCM. Define display and localized names, add administrative comments, organize applications in SCCM folders, and set options for task sequence auto-installation and distribution management during SCCM push. They will be used as default values for push to SCCM.

The option to configure SCCM application template is available under **Project settings** &gt; **Integration &gt;** choose **SCCM Environment** &gt; **Application template.**

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;"><span style="mso-spacerun: yes;"> [![Apptemplate1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/apptemplate1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/apptemplate1.png)</span></span>

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

<span style="mso-no-proof: yes;">[![Apptemplate2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/apptemplate2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/apptemplate2.png)</span>

##### Application Settings Template

[![AppSettingsTemplate3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/appsettingstemplate3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/appsettingstemplate3.png)

Table 1. Application template settings

<table border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="MsoTableGrid" id="bkmrk-setting-description--1" style="border-collapse: collapse; border: none rgb(206, 212, 217); width: 100%; height: 556.983px; border-spacing: 0px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 26.7167px;"><td style="border: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 26.7167px;" valign="top">**Setting**

</td><td style="border-top: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 26.7167px;" valign="top">**Description**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 107.983px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 107.983px;" valign="top">**Application Display Name**

**<span lang="RU" style="mso-ansi-language: RU;">(</span>Required<span lang="RU" style="mso-ansi-language: RU;">)</span>**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 107.983px;" valign="top">The main name displayed for the application in the SCCM Console. This should be descriptive and easily identifiable for administrators.

The default value is: **\[PackageName\]** for Workspace can be configured in Settings &gt; Workspace &gt; General &gt; Packaging — Self Service settings &gt; Package name.

Dynamic variables in fields are allowed.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 107.983px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 107.983px;" valign="top">**Localized Application Name**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 107.983px;" valign="top">The name shown for the application in localized language settings, if applicable. Useful for multi-language environments.

The default value is: **\[PackageName\]** for Workspace can be configured in Settings &gt; Workspace &gt; General &gt; Packaging — Self Service settings &gt; Package name.

Dynamic variables in fields are allowed.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 67.35px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 67.35px;" valign="top">**Administrator Comments**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 67.35px;" valign="top">Notes or comments for administrators to document details about the application (e.g., purpose, version information).

Dynamic variables in fields are allowed

</td></tr><tr style="height: 163.55px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 163.55px;" valign="top">**Folder for Application in SCCM Console**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 163.55px;" valign="top">Specifies the folder location within the SCCM Console where this application will be organized. Helps with managing and locating applications efficiently.

Example:

- Dummy\\Folder;
- Dummy.

**Note.** The package will be created under the root if the value is empty.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 41.7px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 41.7px;" valign="top">**Auto Install in Task Sequence**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 41.7px;" valign="top">A Yes/No switch that determines whether the application is automatically included in SCCM task sequences for deployment.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 41.7px;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-image: initial; border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 22.2679%; height: 41.7px;" valign="top">**Copy Package to DML During SCCM Push**

</td><td style="border-top: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-left: none rgb(206, 212, 217); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(206, 212, 217); padding: 0cm 5.4pt; width: 77.6051%; height: 41.7px;" valign="top">A Yes/No switch that controls whether the application package is copied to the **Distribution Management Library (DML)** during the SCCM push process.

</td></tr></tbody></table>


##### <span style="font-size: 14.0pt; line-height: 107%;">Deployment Type Template Settings</span>

This setting enables a user to implement multiple deployment types by creating multiple deployment type templates within one project.

This template can be selected when pushing an application to SCCM, streamlining the deployment setup.

The option to enable SCCM deployment templates becomes active when all required fields in the SCCM general tab are filled in.

[![SCCMDeployment4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/sccmdeployment4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/sccmdeployment4.png)

The deployment types section is displayed in 2 blocks:

- **Information block** – this block contains detailed information about the Deployment templates;
- **Actions block** – this block provides the options to operate with the deployment templates.

[![AppInstallSettingsBlocks.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/appinstallsettingsblocks.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/appinstallsettingsblocks.png)

Deployment type templates data is grouped into the following categories:

Table2. Categories

<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="MsoNormalTable" id="bkmrk-%D0%A1ategory%C2%A0%C2%A0-descripti" style="background: white; border-collapse: collapse; mso-yfti-tbllook: 1184; mso-padding-alt: 0cm 0cm 0cm 0cm;"><tbody><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 0; mso-yfti-firstrow: yes;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Сategory </span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-left: none; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Description </span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 1;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Template name </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The field indicates the template name to help a user to identify templates in Apptimized portal. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 2;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Name </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the name of a deployment type. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 3;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Technology title </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the type of template installation. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 4;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Source folder </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the path to the location of the package source. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 5; mso-yfti-lastrow: yes;"><td style="border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Path to executable </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the path to the location of the package source executable file. </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

[![deploymenttypetemplates.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttypetemplates.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttypetemplates.png)

Users actions are grouped into the following categories:

- **Edit** - enables a user to enter edit Deployment type template;
- **Delete** - allows a user to delete the Deployment type template.

[![Deploymenttypetemplates.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/aOEdeploymenttypetemplates.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/aOEdeploymenttypetemplates.png)

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">The option to Create new deployment type is available under **Create Deployment type** button.</span>

<span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">[![deploymenttypetemplates2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttypetemplates2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttypetemplates2.png)</span>

**Apptimized** shows the following screen when successful:

[![Deploymenttypeandtemplete.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttypeandtemplete.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttypeandtemplete.png)

[![Deployment_Commands_GlobalTemplates.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2026-05/scaled-1680-/deployment-commands-globaltemplates.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2026-05/deployment-commands-globaltemplates.png)

The same deployment template can be used for PSADT v3 and PSADT v4 packages. For Care packages, deployment commands are automatically optimized for PSADT v4 compatibility during push to prevent execution failures and ensure deployment stability.

<span data-teams="true">The set of **SCCM deployment type template settings** depends on the chosen installer type.</span>

Table 3. Deployment types template settings

<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="MsoNormalTable" id="bkmrk-settings-description" style="width: 604.15pt; background: white; border-collapse: collapse; mso-yfti-tbllook: 1184; mso-padding-alt: 0cm 0cm 0cm 0cm;" width="806"><tbody><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 0; mso-yfti-firstrow: yes; height: 20.25pt;"><td rowspan="3" style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="105">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Settings</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">  
  
</span>

</td><td rowspan="3" style="width: 216.65pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-left: none; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="289">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Description</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">  
  
</span>

</td><td colspan="4" style="width: 307.95pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-left: none; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="411">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Availability of settings depending on the Installer type</span>**

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 1; height: 20.25pt;"><td rowspan="2" style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">MSI</span>

</td><td rowspan="2" style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Script  
Installer</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td colspan="2" style="width: 154.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="205"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">AppV</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 2; height: 75.75pt;"><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 75.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Microsoft Application Virtualization 4</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 75.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Microsoft Application Virtualization 5</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 3; height: 87.75pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Deployment type template name</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The field indicates the template name to help a user to identify templates in Apptimized portal.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Deployment type template name \[number\]**.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field is required.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 87.75pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 4; height: 20.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Deployment type name</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the name of a deployment type. It is implemented during SCCM application deployment process and is sent to SCCM server.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">A user can set the **Deployment type name** manually or use the following dynamic variables:</span>

[![deploymenttypename.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttypename.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttypename.png)

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field is required.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 20.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 5; height: 26.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Path to the source</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the path to the location of the package source. SCCM deployment template automatically generated this field.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field is required.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 6; height: 26.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Path to the executable</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the path to the location of the package source executable file.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">A user can set the **Path to the executable** manually or use the following dynamic variables:</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[![Pathtotheexecutable.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/pathtotheexecutable.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/pathtotheexecutable.png)</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field is required.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 7; height: 26.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Copy source to file share</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option allows to copy to the folder, the location of which was defined in field **Place for storing sources** in the **General** SCCM settings tab.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 26.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 8; height: 166.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Installer type</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the type of installer to use.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following installer types are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[MSI (Microsoft Installer)](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/msi/about-windows-installer);</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[Script Installer](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/configurationmanager/add-cmdeploymenttype?view=sccm-ps#-scriptinstaller);</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[AppV (Microsoft Application Virtualization 4)](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/appv-v4/);</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[AppV (Microsoft Application Virtualization 5)](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/appv-v5/).</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Script Installer**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 166.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 9; height: 154.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Script type for the detection method</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the type of script content of the [detection method](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/configmgr/apps/deploy-use/create-applications#bkmk_dt-detect).</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following script types for detection method are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[Powershell](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/scripting/overview?view=powershell-7);</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[VB Script](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/sx7b3k7y%28v%3dvs.85%29);</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">[JScript](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/hbxc2t98(v=vs.85)).</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Powershell**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 154.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 10; height: 257.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Detection script content template</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field specifies the script template of the detection method.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">It is possible to provide a custom template with mandatory variables in square brackets, indicating them in any order and quantity. The Connector replaces these variables with specific values during the deployment to SCCM.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Get-ItemProperty "HKLM:Software\\\[PackageName\]\\**  
**\[Manufacturer\]\\\[ApplicationName\]\\\[ApplicationVersion\]" -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue | Where { $\_.IsInstalled -eq 1 }**</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 257.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 11; height: 92.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Persist content in the client cache</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the necessity to upload the application or package source to the client's machine or device cache.</span>

**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Yes</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> or **No** options are available.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **No**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 12; height: 176.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Installation command with parameters</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the command to run during the package installation.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value for the Script Installer is **Deploy-Application.exe -DeploymentType Install**</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value for the MSI Package is **msiexec /i "\\\\atd-dist01\\Public\\CM\\DTeam\\FeatureData\\OSD\\Tbreck\\Setup1.msi" or msiexec /i "\\\\atd-dist01\\Public\\CM\\DTeam\\FeatureData\\OSD\\Tbreck\\Setup1.msi" /qn**</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 176.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 13; height: 92.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Uninstallation command with parameters</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the command to run during the package uninstallation.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Deploy-Application.exe -DeploymentType Uninstall**</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 14; height: 207.0pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Installation context</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option defines the context of the package installation.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following installation contexts are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">install for the system;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">install for a user;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">install for the system if a resource is a device otherwise install for the user.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Install for the system**.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option corresponds to the term **Installation behaviour** in the SCCM admin console.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 207.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 15; height: 190.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Should the user be logged on or not</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option defines the required user state when the installation starts.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following options are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">only when no users are in the system;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">only when a user logs in;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">whether or not users are active in the system.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Whether or not users are active in the system**.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option corresponds to the term **Logon requirement** in the SCCM admin console.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 190.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 16; height: 177.0pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Installation visibility for the user</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option defines the installation process visibility.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following options are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">normal;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">minimized;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">maximized;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">hidden.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Normal**.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option corresponds to the term **Installation program visibility** in the SCCM admin console.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 177.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 17; height: 92.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Requires user interaction</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates if the user can be involved in the installation or uninstallation process.</span>

**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Yes</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> or **No** options are available.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **No**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 92.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 18; height: 84.0pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Identify deployment type information from a package file</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates the option of a manual (**Yes**) or automatic (**No**) deployment type information identification.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **No**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 19; height: 124.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The file where to get information</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the file with the deployment type information.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following options are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">MSI file for MsiInstaller;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">XML manifest for AppvInstaller;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">AppV file for App5xInstaller.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">An installation type defines default value.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 124.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 20; height: 122.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">What to do on a slow network</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option specifies actions with package sources in case of a slow network.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Following options are available:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">do nothing;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">download;</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">download content for streaming.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **Download**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 122.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 21; height: 52.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Maximum installation time (minutes)</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option indicates the maximum duration per installation in minutes.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **120**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 52.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 22; height: 58.5pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Estimated installation time by default (minutes)</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option indicates the estimated duration per installation in minutes.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is 0.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 58.5pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 23; height: 84.0pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Run installation program as a 32-bit process on 64-bit client</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting forces the installer to launch as a 32-bit process on the 64-bit client.</span>

**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Yes</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> or **No** options are available.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The default value is **No**.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 84.0pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 24; mso-yfti-lastrow: yes; height: 59.25pt;"><td style="width: 79.0pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="105"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Administrator comments</span>

</td><td style="width: 216.65pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="289"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This optional field corresponds to the term **Administrator comments** in the SCCM admin console.</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td><td style="width: 77.0pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 59.25pt;" valign="top" width="103"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">+</span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The screenshot below shows the default values of the Deployment type template settings:

[![deploymentPackagetempletesettings.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymentpackagetempletesettings.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymentpackagetempletesettings.png)

##### Deployment Template Settings

In the **Deployment Templates** section, a user can set up a reusable deployment template by clicking **Create Deployment**. This template provides preconfigured settings for deployment, ensuring consistent application pushes to SCCM.

[![creatingdeploymenttemplate.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/creatingdeploymenttemplate.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/creatingdeploymenttemplate.png)

This setting enables a user to implement single deployment by creating multiple deployment templates within one project.

The option to enable SCCM deployment templates becomes active when all required fields in the SCCM general tab are filled in.

The deployment types sections is displayed in 2 blocks:

- Information block – this block contains detailed information about the Deployment templates;
- Actions block – this block provides the options to operate with the Deployment templates.

[![deploymenttemplate2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttemplate2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttemplate2.png)

Deployment templates data is grouped into the following categories:

Table1. Categories

<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="MsoNormalTable" id="bkmrk-%D0%A1ategory%C2%A0%C2%A0-descripti-1" style="background: white; border-collapse: collapse; width: 99.2857%;"><tbody><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 0; mso-yfti-firstrow: yes;"><td style="border: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Сategory </span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td><td style="border-top: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-left: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Description </span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 1;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Template name </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The field indicates the template name to help a user to identify templates in Apptimized portal. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 2;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Name </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the name of a deployment type. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 3;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Distribution group</span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates group of users or devices where apps should be installed. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 4;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Collection type</span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the type of collection required for application SCCM deployment.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 5;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Collection name</span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates the collection where apps should be installed.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 6;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Install or uninstall</span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field indicates should application be installed/uninstalled on/from client machine.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 7;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Deploy purpose of the installation</span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field defines if application is required to be installed or user can choose.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 8; mso-yfti-lastrow: yes;"><td style="border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-left: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-image: initial; border-top: none; padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 27.2473%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Set as default </span>

</td><td style="border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); border-right: 1pt solid rgb(221, 221, 221); padding: 4.5pt 6pt; width: 72.8594%;" valign="top"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This field defines which template should be used by default for SCCM autopush.</span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

Users' actions are grouped into the following categories:

- Edit - enables a user to enter edit Deployment type template;
- <span style="font-size: 11.0pt; line-height: 107%; font-family: 'Aptos',sans-serif; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family: Aptos; mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;">Delete - allows a user to delete the Deployment type template</span>

[![deploymenttemplates4.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/deploymenttemplates4.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/deploymenttemplates4.png)

The settings available for each deployment template include:

Table 2. Deployment Template Settings

<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="MsoNormalTable" id="bkmrk-settings-details-dep" style="width: 566.6pt; background: white; border-collapse: collapse; mso-yfti-tbllook: 1184; mso-padding-alt: 0cm 0cm 0cm 0cm;" width="755"><tbody><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 0; mso-yfti-firstrow: yes; height: 27.15pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 27.15pt;" valign="top" width="159">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Settings</span>**

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-left: none; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 27.15pt;" valign="top" width="596">**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Details</span>**

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 1; height: 39.15pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 39.15pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Deployment template name</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 39.15pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">A unique name for the deployment template, allowing easy identification and reuse in future application deployments to SCCM.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 2; height: 39.15pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 39.15pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Name of the default distribution group</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 39.15pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Indicates the default group of users or devices where to Install applications.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting corresponds to the term "**Distribution point group**" in the SCCM admin console.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 3; height: 86.1pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 86.1pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Collection type</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 86.1pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Indicates the type of collection where apps should be installed.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The following types are:</span>

- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Device</span>
- <span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">User</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 4; height: 43.35pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Collection name</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Indicates the collection of devices where to install applications.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting allows you to search and select from existing SCCM collections stored in the Apptimized database.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">To update the stored collections, click **Sync SCCM Collections** to the right of the **Collection Name** field. This sync will retrieve the latest collections from SCCM.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext; mso-no-proof: yes;">[![collectionname.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/collectionname.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/collectionname.png)  
</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">The date of the last successful sync is displayed below the **Collection Name** field, helping you track when the collections were last updated.</span>

<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Collection list is updated automatically weekly.</span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 5; height: 43.35pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Install or uninstall application</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This setting indicates whether a task sequence action in SCCM Console can install the application. </span>

**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Yes</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> or **No** options are available. </span>

</td></tr><tr style="mso-yfti-irow: 6; mso-yfti-lastrow: yes; height: 43.35pt;"><td style="width: 119.4pt; border: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-top: none; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="159"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Deploy purpose of the installation</span>

</td><td style="width: 447.2pt; border-top: none; border-left: none; border-bottom: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; border-right: solid #DDDDDD 1.0pt; mso-border-top-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-left-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; mso-border-alt: solid #DDDDDD .75pt; padding: 4.5pt 6.0pt 4.5pt 6.0pt; height: 43.35pt;" valign="top" width="596"><span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">This option specifies whether the application deployment can is mandatory or optional. </span>

**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;">Available</span>**<span style="color: black; mso-color-alt: windowtext;"> or **Required** options are available. </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

[![createdeploymenttemplateforreuse.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/createdeploymenttemplateforreuse.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/createdeploymenttemplateforreuse.png)

Settings are persisted on click to **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![SCCMsuccessfullysaved.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/scaled-1680-/sccmsuccessfullysaved.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2024-12/sccmsuccessfullysaved.png)

### Package template

<span class="TextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8">The </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">option</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">to</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">configure</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> SCCM </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">package</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">template</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">is</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">available</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8">Project </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">settings</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> &gt; </span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">Integration</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> &gt; </span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8">choose </span><span class="NormalTextRun ContextualSpellingAndGrammarErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">**SCCM Environment** &gt;</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">Package</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW249577057 BCX8">template</span>**</span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW249577057 BCX8">.</span></span>**<span class="EOP SCXW249577057 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![sccm_11_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-12/scaled-1680-/mIP9LJnNeczw0FOE-sccm_11_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-12/mIP9LJnNeczw0FOE-sccm_11_03.png)

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![sccm_10_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-02/scaled-1680-/3adnAOJTwcVLFRuK-sccm_10_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-02/3adnAOJTwcVLFRuK-sccm_10_02.png)

<span data-contrast="none">Table 4. Package template settings</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<table aria-rowcount="13" data-tablelook="1696" data-tablestyle="MsoTableGrid" id="bkmrk-setting%C2%A0-description-0" style="width: 811px;"><tbody><tr aria-rowindex="1"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Setting</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">Description</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="2"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Package name</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set up the name for package template. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">required</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">The default value is: </span>**<span data-contrast="none">\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\]\_\[AppLanguage\].</span>**

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="3"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Description</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set an optional descriptions for the package template.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="4"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Where unzip package source</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set up patch for unzipped package source files will be placed on. This section is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">required</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note. </span>**<span data-contrast="none">In most cases, this field will be the same as </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Source path </span>**<span data-contrast="none">field value.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="5"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Use package name for the folder name</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to use package name as package folder name. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">No</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="6"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Source path</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set up folder where the source is placed in zip file. The zip file name is ignored under clarifying the source path. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">required</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">\[Manufacturer\]\_\[ProductName\]\_\[ProductVersion\]\_\[AppLanguage\]</span>**<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> This path is relative to </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Where unzip package source </span>**<span data-contrast="none">field value.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="7"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Folder for package in SCCM Console</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set up folder for package in SCCM Console.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">Example: </span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">Dummy\\Folder;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Dummy.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="none">Note.</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> The package will be created under the root if the value is empty.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="8"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Remove default User account</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to Remove user from Manage Access Account window, which is added to package by default.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Yes</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="9"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Add account access</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to fill </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Group name </span>**<span data-contrast="none">and </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Permission access level</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> fields. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Yes</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="10"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Group name</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to fill name of the group that will be addedd to Manage Accont Acces window of SCCM servier. The fill within form is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">\[domain\]\\\[groupName\]</span>**<span data-contrast="none">. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">required</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="11"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Permission access level</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables to set up permission access level for the specified user. The following levels available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">Read;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Change;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Full control;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">No access.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Read</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="12"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Set security scope</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables to set up </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Security scope </span>**<span data-contrast="none">field to be specified.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="13"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 260px;"><span data-contrast="none">Security scope</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 551px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting enables a user to set up Security scope name that will be set to most (or all) packages. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">required</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="none">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Factory DPs</span>**<span data-contrast="none">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

##### Programs for packages

<span class="TextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8">The </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">created</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">programs</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">for</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> SCCM </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">packages</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">are</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">stored</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SpellingErrorHighlight SCXW257114199 BCX8">Programs</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">for</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">packages</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW257114199 BCX8">section</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW257114199 BCX8">.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW257114199 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span class="EOP SCXW257114199 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_12_01-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/dDCA7v3dbjwlFxj5-sccm_12_01-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/dDCA7v3dbjwlFxj5-sccm_12_01-(1).png)</span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8">The </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">option</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">to</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">create</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">program</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">is</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">available</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8">Create</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8 DefaultHighlightTransition">program</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW186452980 BCX8 DefaultHighlightTransition">button</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8">.</span></span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">[![sccm_27_01-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/KXDMrK9YqMDrCBNp-sccm_27_01-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/KXDMrK9YqMDrCBNp-sccm_27_01-(1).png)</span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="TextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">Apptimized</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">shows</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">the</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">following</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">screen</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">when</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW14049295 BCX8">successful</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW14049295 BCX8">:</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW14049295 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="EOP SCXW14049295 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_13_01-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/SKJ6wgjGqzCMADX6-sccm_13_01-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/SKJ6wgjGqzCMADX6-sccm_13_01-(1).png)</span></span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="EOP SCXW14049295 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span data-contrast="none">Table 5. Program template settings</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></span></span>

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description--2" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 28.5185%;">**Setting**</td><td style="width: 71.4815%;">**Description**</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 28.5185%;">Program name</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to set up the name of the program template. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">required</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Install.</span>**<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 28.5185%;">Command line</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to set up the command line of the program template.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">install.cmd</span>**<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="1"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Start folder</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to set up he name of startup folder of the program template.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="2"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">User interaction</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to set up interaction lever of user with package.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following levels available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Hidden;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Minimized;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Normal;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Maximized.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Hidden</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="3"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Program can run</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to define run context of package. The following contexts available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Whether or not user is logged on;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Only when user is logged on;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Only when no user is logged on.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Whether or not user is logged on</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="4"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Run mode</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to define permission level of package context run. This setting is available to change only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Only when user is logged on </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">setting is set under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Program can run </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">setting.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following permission levels available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Run with Administrative rights;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Run with user rights;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Run with Administrative rights</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="5"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Allow users to view and interact with the program installation</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to allow users to view and interact with the program insallation. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="6"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Drive mode</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to define drive mode of the package installation / uninstallation. The following modes available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Runs with UNC name;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Required drive letter</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Requires specific drive letter (example: Z:).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Runs with UNC name</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="7"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Allow this program to be installed from task sequence</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to allow the program to be installaed from the Install Package task sequecne without being deployed. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="8"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Select platfroms</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to select OS platforms where package can run.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following platforms available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows 10 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows 7 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows 8.1 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows Server 2008 R2 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows Server 2016 (64-bit);</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">All Windows 7 (32-bit).</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<p class="callout info">**<span data-contrast="auto">Note</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. Empty field value is allowing any platform.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span></p>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="9"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Estimated disk space</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to estimate disk space for packages if required. The value if unknown is 0 or empty.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is 0.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="10"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Select unit of a disk sace size</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to define unit f the disk space if the estimated disk space is set. The following units available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">KB;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">MB;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">GB.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">MB</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="11"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Maximum allowed run time (minutes)</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to set up maximum allowed run time in minutes. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">120</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="12"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 28.5185%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Administrative comment</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 71.4815%;"><span data-contrast="none">This optional field corresponds to the term </span>**<span data-contrast="none">Administrator comments</span>**<span data-contrast="none"> in the SCCM admin console.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to save settings is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Save </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">button.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_14_01-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/Ou02sx0vUfhF3kDN-sccm_14_01-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/Ou02sx0vUfhF3kDN-sccm_14_01-(1).png)</span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_15_01-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/4jjUWbtWtVeNnmvq-sccm_15_01-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/4jjUWbtWtVeNnmvq-sccm_15_01-(2).png)</span>

##### Deployment for packages

<span class="TextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">Created</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">deployments</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">for</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">packages</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">are</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">stored</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">under</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span>**</span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">Deployments</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span></span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">for</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">packages</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW98425501 BCX8">section</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8">.</span></span>

<span class="TextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW98425501 BCX8">[![sccm_16_01-(2).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/SeF5URI5ffzRo8Hf-sccm_16_01-(2).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/SeF5URI5ffzRo8Hf-sccm_16_01-(2).png)</span></span>

<span class="EOP SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="TextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8">The </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">option</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">to</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">create</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">deployment</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">is</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">available</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU">**<span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">Create</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">deployment</span>**<span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW166899117 BCX8">button</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW166899117 BCX8">.</span></span></span>

<span class="EOP SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="EOP SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_28_01-(1).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/68LXHoZzdhjvZHUe-sccm_28_01-(1).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/68LXHoZzdhjvZHUe-sccm_28_01-(1).png)</span></span>

<span class="EOP SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="EOP SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:</span></span>

<span class="EOP SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="EOP SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_17_01.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/aNdGHhxomvpHM82d-sccm_17_01.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/aNdGHhxomvpHM82d-sccm_17_01.png)</span></span>

<span class="EOP SCXW98425501 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335551550":1,"335551620":1,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="EOP SCXW166899117 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span class="TextRun SCXW186452980 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="EOP SCXW14049295 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span data-contrast="none">Table 6. Package deployment template settings</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></span></span></span></span>

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description--3" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%;"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 25.1853%;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 74.6913%;">**Description**</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="1"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Program name</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to set up program name to which deployment belongs to.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">This field is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">required</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Install</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="2"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Collection type</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to indicate the collection type that will be loaded from the user SCCM server. This setting is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">required</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. The following types are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Device;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">User.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Device</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="3"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Limiting collection for the deployment</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables settng limiting collection for the collection deployment.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="4"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Collection folder in SCCM Console</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables setting up a collection path under the SCCM console.</span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="5"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Action</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables set the action during deployment. The available action is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Install</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. The value can not be changed.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="6"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Purpose</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables the definition of the requirement of the installation/uninstallation process. The following values are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Available;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Required.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Available</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="7"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Send wake-up packets</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to define sending [wake-up packets](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/mem/configmgr/core/clients/deploy/plan/plan-wake-up-clients)</span><span data-contrast="auto"> before deployment under SCCM.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Note. This setting is available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="8"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Allow clients on a metered internet connection to download content after the installation deadline, which right incurs additional costs</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to allow clients </span><span data-contrast="auto">on a metered internet connection to download content after the installation deadline, which right incurs additional costs.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Note. This setting is available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="9"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Rerun behavior</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to specify rerunning deployment behavior on a client.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following values are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Always rerun program;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Never rerun deployed program;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Rerun if failed previous attempt;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Rerun if succeeded on the previous attempt.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Always rerun program</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Note. This setting is available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="10"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Recur every</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">The setting enables to specify a recurring interval. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">1</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**<span data-contrast="auto">Note</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. This setting is available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="11"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Recurrence interval type</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables selection of recurrence interval types for the schedule.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The following options are available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Days;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Hours;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Minutes.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Days</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**<span data-contrast="auto">Note</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. This setting is available only if </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="12"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Schedule</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to schedule date and time for the deployment.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**<span data-contrast="auto">Note. </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Time must be UTC. The time will be converted to the timezone of the User’s SCCM Server. This setting is</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">available only if</span>**<span data-contrast="auto"> Required </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">purpose is set.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="13"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Allow users to run the program independently of assignments</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables users to run the program from Software Center. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Yes</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. The value can not be changed.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="14"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Software installation</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables a user to allow installation of the deployed software outside of maintenance windows.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="15"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">System restart (if required to complete the installation)</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to set up system restarting outside a maintenance window.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="16"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Commit changes at deadline or during a maintenance window (requires restarts)</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to setting up write filters for embedded devices. The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Yes</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

**<span data-contrast="auto">Note</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">. If this setting is not enabled, the content will be applied on the overlay and committed later.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="17"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Select the deployment option to use when a client uses a distribution point from a current boundary group</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to specify client behavior on a fast network. The following options are available to select:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Download content from distribution point and run locally;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Run program from the distribution point.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Download content from distribution point and run locally</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="18"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Select the deployment option to use when a client uses a distribution point from a neighbor boundary group or the default site boundary group</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto"> </span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables to specify client behavior on a slow network. The following options are available to select:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="auto">Download content from distribution point and run locally;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="auto">Do not run program;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Download content from distribution point and run locally</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr aria-rowindex="19"><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 25.1853%;"><span data-contrast="auto">Allow clients to use distribution points from the default site boundary group</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td><td data-celllook="0" style="width: 74.6913%;"><span data-contrast="auto">This setting enables allow clients to use shared content.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">The default value is </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">No</span>**<span data-contrast="auto">.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr></tbody></table>

<span data-contrast="auto">The option to save deployments for packages settings is available under </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">Save </span>**<span data-contrast="auto">button.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

[![sccm_18_01-(3).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/JWn2VRCss96D58Rr-sccm_18_01-(3).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/JWn2VRCss96D58Rr-sccm_18_01-(3).png)

<span class="TextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8">The </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">option</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">to</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">save</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">package</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">templates</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">settings</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">is</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">available</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">under</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8"> </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8">**Save** </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-contrast="auto" lang="RU-RU" xml:lang="RU-RU"><span class="NormalTextRun SpellingErrorV2 SCXW58359068 BCX8">button</span><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW58359068 BCX8">.</span></span><span class="EOP SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

<span class="EOP SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}">[![sccm_10_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/GbtxVDr8dkgx6JQE-sccm_10_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/GbtxVDr8dkgx6JQE-sccm_10_2.png)</span>

<span class="EOP SCXW58359068 BCX8" data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"><span data-contrast="auto">Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span></span>

[![sccm_19_01-(3).png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/scaled-1680-/qhiWskqOkBQ0ze9o-sccm_19_01-(3).png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-11/qhiWskqOkBQ0ze9o-sccm_19_01-(3).png)

### **Update monitoring**

To receive a notification when an update or upgrade has been released by the application vendor, a user enables the **Enable Update Monitoring** option.

To receive a notification by email when an application vulnerability is found, a user enables the **Enable Vulnerability Notifications** option.

[![project_settings_19.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/PiTHA50ldOkzkmyP-project_settings_19.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/PiTHA50ldOkzkmyP-project_settings_19.png)

Settings are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![project_settings_20.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/J5q2jqRmkfQqSJah-project_settings_20.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/J5q2jqRmkfQqSJah-project_settings_20.png)

### **Storage**

The option to manage the Storage option within the Project is available under the **Storage** tab. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![storage_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/iWVBEpypvmYJB7tD-storage_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/iWVBEpypvmYJB7tD-storage_1.png)

The option activates when **Storage** switch is on. The option is disabled by default.

[![storage_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/iWVBEpypvmYJB7tD-storage_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/iWVBEpypvmYJB7tD-storage_1.png)

The option to enable the Retention policy is available via Retention policy switch. The option is disabled by default.

By configuring the Retention policy, all files older than the configured Retention period will be automatically deleted from the Apptimized storage.

The option to enter the value under Retention period (in months) is available in the following field:

[![storage_3.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/scaled-1680-/AXzHE1kRfEiQSu3h-storage_3.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2023-03/AXzHE1kRfEiQSu3h-storage_3.png)

The option to Save changes is available under the **Save** button, to Reset - under **Reset** button

### **Virtualization** 

#### **General**

The option to manage the Windows platforms within the Project is available under the **Virtualization** settings &gt; **General** tab. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![virtualization_01.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/T2II9S8NCOu5Hfel-virtualization_01.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/T2II9S8NCOu5Hfel-virtualization_01.png)

The option to add a new platform is available under the **Add new platform** button &gt; **Add new platform** modal window &gt; Select the value from the drop-down list in the **Select platforms** field &gt; **Add** button.

[![virtualization_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/ateH2dKEx2AJXBFh-virtualization_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/ateH2dKEx2AJXBFh-virtualization_02.png)

[![virtualization_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/Hrp97Vhj94lJR2bp-virtualization_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/Hrp97Vhj94lJR2bp-virtualization_03.png)

[![virtualization_04.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/xeFmUobYZyRFXkQD-virtualization_04.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/xeFmUobYZyRFXkQD-virtualization_04.png)

<p class="callout info">**Note.** The multiple-choice option is available in the **Select platforms** field. For each selected item, a separate category will be created.</p>

The following Windows platforms available:

- Windows 7 DE
- Windows 7 64-bit EN
- Windows 10 64 bit EN (1809)
- Windows 10 64 bit EN (1607)
- Windows 10 64 bit DE (1607)
- Windows 10 (1809) DE

The option to delete the Windows platform from the list within the Project is available under the **Delete** button &gt; **Confirm delete platform** modal window &gt; **Delete** button.

[![virtualization_05.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/scaled-1680-/H5qiW4Fm4Ex7oWsH-virtualization_05.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-12/H5qiW4Fm4Ex7oWsH-virtualization_05.png)

To enable the Windows platform required in the self-service module, check the box in front of the platform name.

To apply the virtualization general settings, click the **Save** button.

#### **Providers**

##### **Azure switch**

<p class="callout info">**Note.** The Azure-side configuration is available under [**Azure Tenant VDI Provider Integration**](https://docs.apptimized.com/books/apptimized-platform-admin-manual/page/azure-tenant-vdi-provider-integration)</p>

The Azure virtualization provider activates when the **Azure** switch is enabled. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>. The option is disabled by default.

<div id="bkmrk--294">[![project_settings_22_2.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/scaled-1680-/RcRWHXyK0ABZpbbr-project_settings_22_2.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/RcRWHXyK0ABZpbbr-project_settings_22_2.png)</div>Table 21. Azure virtualization provider settings

<div id="bkmrk-setting-details-azur"><div><table border="1" style="width: 800px; height: 502px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">**Details**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Azure subscription name

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the name of user’s Azure subscription (**portal.azure.com** &gt; **Subscription** &gt; **Subscription name**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Subscription Id

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the user’s subscription Id in Azure (**portal.azure.com** &gt; **Subscription** &gt; **Subscription Id**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Client Id

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the user (application) Id from Azure Active directory.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Client Secret

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the client secret of the application from Azure Active directory. It is a secret string that an application uses to prove its identity when requesting a token. Also, it can be referred to as an application password.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Tenant Id

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the directory (Tenant) Id of Application from Azure Active Directory.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Resource group

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the resource group from **portal.azure.com**. It is a container that keeps related resources for an Azure solution.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Region

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the region of a resource group at **portal.azure.com**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Network name

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the virtual network name from **portal.azure.com.**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 33px;">Subnet name

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the subnet name the virtual network from **portal.azure.com**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 54px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 54px;">VM size

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 54px;">This setting indicates a disk size of the VM.

VM disk size depends on a user subscription type.

The following types of sizes available:

- General purpose;
- Compute optimized;
- Memory optimized
- Storage optimized;
- GPU;
- High performance compute

[Learn more](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/sizes).

<p class="callout info">**Note**. It is necessary to select the size of the VM's that supports Generation 1 and 2 if any will be used.</p>

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 254px;">OS disk type

</td><td style="width: 545px;"><span data-contrast="none">This setting indicates a disk type of the VM.</span>   
<span data-contrast="none">The following types available:</span><span data-ccp-props="{"201341983":0,"335559740":259}"> </span>

- <span data-contrast="none">Standard HDD;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Standard SSD;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Premium SSD;</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>
- <span data-contrast="none">Ultra disk.</span><span data-ccp-props="{"134233279":true,"201341983":0,"335559739":160,"335559740":259}"> </span>

</td></tr><tr style="height: 118px;"><td style="width: 254px; height: 118px;">VMs limit

</td><td style="width: 545px; height: 118px;">This setting indicates a maximum number of currently running VMs.

**Yes** or **No** options are available.

The default value is **No**.

When the **VMs limit** switch is activated, a user must enter a number in the **Maximum number of currently running VMs** field.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

</div></div>The option to save settings is available under the **Save** button.

[![project_settings_23.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/scaled-1680-/lmcN6HGjvaOxCAH3-project_settings_23.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/lmcN6HGjvaOxCAH3-project_settings_23.png)

The option to add a new Azure image is available under the **Create new image** button.

<p class="callout info">**<span class="TextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8">Note</span></span>**<span class="TextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8">. The option to add a new Azure image becomes available after the </span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8">Azure switch</span></span><span class="TextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8" data-contrast="none" lang="EN-GB" xml:lang="EN-GB"><span class="NormalTextRun SCXW227108441 BCX8"> settings were set up.</span></span></p>

<div id="bkmrk-apptimized-shows-the-37">Apptimized shows the following modal window:</div><div id="bkmrk--296">[![project_settings_24.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/scaled-1680-/p1VOLbRVoYYlhTgo-project_settings_24.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/p1VOLbRVoYYlhTgo-project_settings_24.png)</div>All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>.

Table 22. Azure image settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description--4" style="width: 800px; height: 867px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 33px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 33px;">**Description**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 54px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 54px;">Name

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 54px;">This setting defines the name for a new Azure image.

The naming is a user preference.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 32px;">Platform

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 32px;">This setting defines the name of Windows platform (i.e., **Windows 10**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 97px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 97px;">OS Build

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 97px;">This setting defines the operating system build that will be used (i.e., **18363.753** – is an OS build for Windows 10, version 1909).

OS build is a timeline of minor build releases in between the major version number releases.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 148px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 148px;">OS Version

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 148px;">This setting defines the operation system version that will be used.

The following options available:

- Windows 7;
- Windows 8;
- Windows 10.

The default value is **Windows 10**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 132px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 132px;">OS Language

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 132px;">This setting defines the operating system language mode.

The following options available:

- EN;
- DE.

The default value is **EN**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 132px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 132px;">OS type

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 132px;">This setting defines the operating system type mode.

The following options available:

- Windows Server;
- Desktop Windows.

The default value is **Windows Server**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 33px;">Enabled

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates that the current image is enabled for use.

</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 246px;">Disk generation

</td><td style="width: 553px;">This setting defines the Hyper-V virtual machine generation. The following options available:

- V1;
- V2.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 33px;">Link to VHD / Snapshot name

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates the link to VHD / Snapshot that is stored on **portal.azure.com** storage.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 97px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 97px;">Windows username

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 97px;">This setting is automatically prefilling with the project creator data (i.e., **test.account@apptimized.com**).

Setting a Windows username is a user preference and the automatically prefilling data can be changed.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 76px;"><td style="width: 246px; height: 76px;">Password for log in

</td><td style="width: 553px; height: 76px;">This setting is automatically prefilling with the project creator data.

Setting a login password is a user preference and the automatically prefilling data can be changed.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The Azure image creates when clicking the **Create** button.

##### **To Go switch**

The To Go virtualization provider activates when the **To Go** switch is enabled. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>. The option is disabled by default.

This switch enables the TO GO hypervisor connector implementation within the project.

[![project_settings_26.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/scaled-1680-/EJwAP1nm3klLgpXB-project_settings_26.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/EJwAP1nm3klLgpXB-project_settings_26.png)

The option to specify within what workflow step the TO GO hypervisor connector will be implemented enables when the switch is activated in front of the step name.

<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;">The </span>**User name**<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;"> and </span>**Password**<span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Oxygen, Ubuntu, Roboto, Cantarell, 'Fira Sans', 'Droid Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400;"> fields come prefilled. </span>

The **Host** field defines the IP address or DNS name of a resource that contains Virtual Machines (i.e., **10.159.11.2:1233** or **somesite.hive.com**).

When the value to the **Host** field is added, the **Create new image** button appears.

[![to_go_hyp_01.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/scaled-1680-/zZWu7J7dHzG6R46X-to_go_hyp_01.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2021-06/zZWu7J7dHzG6R46X-to_go_hyp_01.png)

The option to create a custom operating system image is available under the **Create new image** button. Apptimized shows the following modal window (all required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>):

[![to_go_hyp_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-06/scaled-1680-/F1h8TZFFg3J2AT9c-to_go_hyp_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-06/F1h8TZFFg3J2AT9c-to_go_hyp_03.png)

Table 23. Image settings

<table border="1" id="bkmrk-setting-description--5" style="width: 800px; height: 712px;"><tbody><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 33px;">**Setting**

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 33px;">**Description**

</td></tr><tr style="height: 54px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 54px;">Name

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 54px;">This setting defines the name for a new Azure image.

The naming is a user preference.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 32px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 32px;">Platform

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 32px;">This setting defines the name of the Windows platform (i.e., **Windows 10**).

</td></tr><tr style="height: 97px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 97px;">OS Build

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 97px;">This setting defines the operating system build that will be used (i.e., **18363.753** – is an OS build for Windows 10, version 1909).

OS build is a timeline of minor build releases in between the major version number releases.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 148px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 148px;">OS Version

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 148px;">This setting defines the operation system version that will be used.

The following options available:

- Windows 7;
- Windows 8;
- Windows 10.

The default value is **Windows 10**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 132px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 132px;">OS Language

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 132px;">This setting defines the operating system language mode.

The following options available:

- EN;
- DE.

The default value is **EN**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 132px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 132px;">OS type

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 132px;">This setting defines the operating system type mode.

The following options available:

- Windows Server;
- Desktop Windows.

The default value is **Windows**. **Server**.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 33px;">Enabled

</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 33px;">This setting indicates that the current image is enabled for use.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 33px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 33px;">Base snapshot</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 33px;">This setting defines the name of the snapshot (a captured state of a system in a particular time point). It is usually used as a back-up copy or as a basis to troubleshoot issues.

This field is required.

</td></tr><tr style="height: 97px;"><td style="width: 245.333px; height: 18px;">Base image</td><td style="width: 553.6px; height: 18px;">This setting defines the name of the existed operating system image which can be used as a basis for this image.

This field is required.

</td></tr></tbody></table>

The custom operating system image settings apply when clicking on the **Create** button. Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![to_go_hyp_02.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-06/scaled-1680-/VPiuoiFAfuEBsm8g-to_go_hyp_02.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-06/VPiuoiFAfuEBsm8g-to_go_hyp_02.png)

The option to modify the custom operating system image settings is available under the **Edit image** button.


##### **Upload to VM switch**

The option to allow uploading files to the running VM activates when the **Upload to VM** switch is enabled. All required fields are marked with an asterisk <span style="color: #ff0000;">\*</span>. The following screenshot shows the default settings:

[![project_settings_27.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/e1UuPVKZgXT2u8sL-project_settings_27.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/e1UuPVKZgXT2u8sL-project_settings_27.png)

The **Upload limit** field indicates the number of total items that can be uploaded to VM per application.

The **Max file size** field indicates the file size that can be downloaded to VM. The default value is **250** Mb.

Settings of the **Virtualization providers** block are persisted on click to the **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following notification when successful:

[![project_settings_25.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/oVu4OD2LvQJARFyU-project_settings_25.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/oVu4OD2LvQJARFyU-project_settings_25.png)

### **Apptimized TO GO settings**

The option is disabled by default.

[![project_settings_18.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/wced1lHrugJOyGJq-project_settings_18.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/wced1lHrugJOyGJq-project_settings_18.png)

Apptimized - TO GO becomes active when switched on.

[![project_settings_38.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/scaled-1680-/X8pz8RnUVuHY0J76-project_settings_38.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-04/X8pz8RnUVuHY0J76-project_settings_38.png)

Settings are persisted on click to **Save** button.

Apptimized shows the following screen when successful:

[![to_go_04_1.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-03/scaled-1680-/l7hlXAX6o1rk0YGb-to_go_04_1.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-03/l7hlXAX6o1rk0YGb-to_go_04_1.png)

The option **Enable proxy** is disabled by default.

If the endpoint connects to the internet via the proxy server, configure the connection by turning on **Enable proxy** and selecting **Use default windows credentials** or providing credentials in **Username** and **Password** fields.

Settings are persisted on click to **Save** button.

In case of success, Apptimized shows the following notification:

[![to_go_03.png](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-03/scaled-1680-/SddXnRmc5HQHEwUS-to_go_03.png)](https://docs.apptimized.com/uploads/images/gallery/2020-03/SddXnRmc5HQHEwUS-to_go_03.png)